# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
#
TCC += @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@

# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
#
LIBTCL = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@ @TCL_LIBS@

# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
#
READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@

# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
#
................................................................................

clean:	
	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
	rm -rf .libs .deps
	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc .target_source
	rm -f tclsqlite3$(TEXE)
	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	rm -f sqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE) sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-output.vsix

distclean:	clean
	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile sqlite3.pc

#
# Windows section
#

# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
#
TCC += @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@

# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
#
LIBTCL = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@

# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
#
READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@

# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
#
................................................................................

clean:	
	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
	rm -rf .libs .deps
	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h

	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc .target_source
	rm -f tclsqlite3$(TEXE)
	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	rm -f sqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE) sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix

distclean:	clean
	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile sqlite3.pc

#
# Windows section
#

	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl < tsrc\vdbe.c > vdbe.new
	move vdbe.new tsrc\vdbe.c
	echo > .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl

sqlite3-all.c:	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
................................................................................
	del /Q .target_source
	del /Q tclsqlite3.exe tclsqlite3.exp
	del /Q testfixture.exe testfixture.exp test.db
	del /Q sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	del /Q sqlite3.c
	del /Q sqlite3rc.h
	del /Q sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.exp sqlite3_analyzer.c
	del /Q sqlite-output.vsix

# Dynamic link library section.
#
dll: sqlite3.dll

sqlite3.def: libsqlite3.lib
	echo EXPORTS > sqlite3.def
	dumpbin /all libsqlite3.lib \
		| $(NAWK) "/ 1 _?sqlite3_/ { sub(/^.* _?/,\"\");print }" \
		| sort >> sqlite3.def

sqlite3.dll: $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.def
	$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /DLL /DEF:sqlite3.def /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)

	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl < tsrc\vdbe.c > vdbe.new
	move vdbe.new tsrc\vdbe.c
	echo > .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl

sqlite3-all.c:	sqlite3.c $(TOP)\tool\split-sqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\split-sqlite3c.tcl

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
................................................................................
	del /Q .target_source
	del /Q tclsqlite3.exe tclsqlite3.exp
	del /Q testfixture.exe testfixture.exp test.db
	del /Q sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	del /Q sqlite3.c
	del /Q sqlite3rc.h
	del /Q sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.exp sqlite3_analyzer.c
	del /Q sqlite-*-output.vsix

# Dynamic link library section.
#
dll: sqlite3.dll

sqlite3.def: libsqlite3.lib
	echo EXPORTS > sqlite3.def
	dumpbin /all libsqlite3.lib \
		| $(NAWK) "/ 1 _?sqlite3_/ { sub(/^.* _?/,\"\");print }" \
		| sort >> sqlite3.def

sqlite3.dll: $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.def
	$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /DLL /DEF:sqlite3.def /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)

3.7.15

3.7.16

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.7.15.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.7.15'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.7.15'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
SQLITE_OS_UNIX
SQLITE_OS_WIN
SQLITE_OS_OS2
TARGET_EXEEXT
TCL_VERSION
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_SRC_DIR
TCL_LIBS
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.7.15 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.7.15:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.7.15
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.7.15, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3737: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
  cat conftest.err >&5
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3740: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
  cat conftest.err >&5
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3743: output\"" >&5)
  cat conftest.out >&5
  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
  fi
  rm -f conftest*
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
................................................................................
	;;
    esac
  fi
  rm -rf conftest*
  ;;
*-*-irix6*)
  # Find out which ABI we are using.
  echo '#line 4965 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
................................................................................
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6834: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:6838: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
................................................................................
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7173: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7177: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
................................................................................
   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7278: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat out/conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7282: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
   then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
................................................................................
   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7333: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat out/conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7337: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
   then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
................................................................................
else
  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
else
  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
#line 10146 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h>
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................
else
  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
else
  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
#line 10242 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h>
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................








  fi
fi
if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
  HAVE_TCL=""
else
  HAVE_TCL=1
fi
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.7.15, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.7.15
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.7.16.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.7.16'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.7.16'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
SQLITE_OS_UNIX
SQLITE_OS_WIN
SQLITE_OS_OS2
TARGET_EXEEXT
TCL_VERSION
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_SRC_DIR

TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.7.16 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.7.16:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.7.16
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.7.16, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3736: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
  cat conftest.err >&5
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3739: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
  cat conftest.err >&5
  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:3742: output\"" >&5)
  cat conftest.out >&5
  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
  fi
  rm -f conftest*
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
................................................................................
	;;
    esac
  fi
  rm -rf conftest*
  ;;
*-*-irix6*)
  # Find out which ABI we are using.
  echo '#line 4964 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
................................................................................
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6833: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:6837: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
................................................................................
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7172: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7176: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
................................................................................
   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7277: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat out/conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7281: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
   then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
................................................................................
   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7332: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
   ac_status=$?
   cat out/conftest.err >&5
   echo "$as_me:7336: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
   then
     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
     # So say no if there are warnings
     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
................................................................................
else
  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
else
  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
#line 10145 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h>
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................
else
  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
else
  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
#line 10241 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h>
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................








  fi
fi
if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
  HAVE_TCL=""
else
  HAVE_TCL=1
fi
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.7.16, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.7.16
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
    
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)

Normally, when SQLite writes to a database file, it waits until the write
operation is finished before returning control to the calling application.
Since writing to the file-system is usually very slow compared with CPU
bound operations, this can be a performance bottleneck. This directory
contains an extension that causes SQLite to perform all write requests
using a separate thread running in the background. Although this does not
................................................................................
    static void async_mutex_leave(int eMutex);
    static void async_cond_wait(int eCond, int eMutex);
    static void async_cond_signal(int eCond);
    static void async_sched_yield(void);

  The functionality required of each of the above functions is described
  in comments in sqlite3async.c.

NOTE (2012-11-29):

The functionality implemented by this extension has been superseded
by WAL-mode.  This module is no longer supported or maintained.  The
code is retained for historical reference only.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Normally, when SQLite writes to a database file, it waits until the write
operation is finished before returning control to the calling application.
Since writing to the file-system is usually very slow compared with CPU
bound operations, this can be a performance bottleneck. This directory
contains an extension that causes SQLite to perform all write requests
using a separate thread running in the background. Although this does not
................................................................................
    static void async_mutex_leave(int eMutex);
    static void async_cond_wait(int eCond, int eMutex);
    static void async_cond_signal(int eCond);
    static void async_sched_yield(void);

  The functionality required of each of the above functions is described
  in comments in sqlite3async.c.

        }
        break;
      }

      case ASYNC_DELETE:
        ASYNC_TRACE(("DELETE %s\n", p->zBuf));
        rc = pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, p->zBuf, (int)p->iOffset);

        break;

      case ASYNC_OPENEXCLUSIVE: {
        int flags = (int)p->iOffset;
        AsyncFileData *pData = p->pFileData;
        ASYNC_TRACE(("OPEN %s flags=%d\n", p->zBuf, (int)p->iOffset));
        assert(pData->pBaseRead->pMethods==0 && pData->pBaseWrite->pMethods==0);

        }
        break;
      }

      case ASYNC_DELETE:
        ASYNC_TRACE(("DELETE %s\n", p->zBuf));
        rc = pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, p->zBuf, (int)p->iOffset);
        if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
        break;

      case ASYNC_OPENEXCLUSIVE: {
        int flags = (int)p->iOffset;
        AsyncFileData *pData = p->pFileData;
        ASYNC_TRACE(("OPEN %s flags=%d\n", p->zBuf, (int)p->iOffset));
        assert(pData->pBaseRead->pMethods==0 && pData->pBaseWrite->pMethods==0);

/*
** This function unregisters the asynchronous IO VFS using 
** sqlite3_vfs_unregister().
**
** On win32 platforms, this function also releases the small number of 
** critical section and event objects created by sqlite3async_initialize().
*/ 
void sqlite3async_shutdown();

/*
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It processes
** zero or more queued write operations before returning. It is expected
** (but not required) that this function will be called by a different 
** thread than those threads that use SQLite. The "background thread"
................................................................................
** verb to sqlite3async_control() (see below for details). By default
** this function never returns - it processes all pending operations and 
** then blocks waiting for new ones.
**
** If multiple simultaneous calls are made to sqlite3async_run() from two
** or more threads, then the calls are serialized internally.
*/
void sqlite3async_run();

/*
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It is used 
** to query or configure various parameters that affect the operation 
** of the asynchronous IO VFS. At present there are three parameters 
** supported:

/*
** This function unregisters the asynchronous IO VFS using 
** sqlite3_vfs_unregister().
**
** On win32 platforms, this function also releases the small number of 
** critical section and event objects created by sqlite3async_initialize().
*/ 
void sqlite3async_shutdown(void);

/*
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It processes
** zero or more queued write operations before returning. It is expected
** (but not required) that this function will be called by a different 
** thread than those threads that use SQLite. The "background thread"
................................................................................
** verb to sqlite3async_control() (see below for details). By default
** this function never returns - it processes all pending operations and 
** then blocks waiting for new ones.
**
** If multiple simultaneous calls are made to sqlite3async_run() from two
** or more threads, then the calls are serialized internally.
*/
void sqlite3async_run(void);

/*
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It is used 
** to query or configure various parameters that affect the operation 
** of the asynchronous IO VFS. At present there are three parameters 
** supported:

  if( nInput<0 ){
    nInput = strlen(zInput);
  }
  nChar = nInput+1;
  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
  );
  if( !pCsr ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];

  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
  while( c>0 ){
    int isError = 0;
    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);

  if( nInput<0 ){
    nInput = strlen(zInput);
  }
  nChar = nInput+1;
  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
      ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) +   /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
  );
  if( !pCsr ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];

  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
  while( c>0 ){
    int isError = 0;
    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);

    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */

    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
    }
    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;



    aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
    if( !aTmp ){
      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      res = 0;
    }else{
      char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;

      for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
        int nNear = p->nNear;
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
  
      aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
      for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
        int nNear;
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
        assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
        nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
        pPhrase = (
            p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
        );
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
    }

    sqlite3_free(aTmp);

  }

  return res;
}

/*
** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().

    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */

    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
    }
    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
    if( nTmp==0 ){
      res = 0;
    }else{
      aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
      if( !aTmp ){
        *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        res = 0;
      }else{
        char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
        int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;

        for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
          int nNear = p->nNear;
          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
        }

        aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
        nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
        for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
          int nNear;
          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
          assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
          nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
          pPhrase = (
              p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
              );
          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
        }
      }

      sqlite3_free(aTmp);
    }
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().

  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
  int nConsumed = 0;

  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, n, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *zToken;
    int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */

    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
      if( !pRet ){
................................................................................
  */
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int ii;
    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
      const char *zByte;
      int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;

        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
        if( !p ) goto no_mem;

  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
  int nConsumed = 0;

  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, n, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *zToken;
    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;
    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */

    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
      if( !pRet ){
................................................................................
  */
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int ii;
    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
      const char *zByte;
      int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0;
      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;

        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
        if( !p ) goto no_mem;

    zInput = "";
  }else if( nInput<0 ){
    nInput = strlen(zInput);
  }
  nChar = nInput+1;
  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
  );
  if( !pCsr ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];

  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
  while( c>0 ){
    int isError = 0;
    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);

    zInput = "";
  }else if( nInput<0 ){
    nInput = strlen(zInput);
  }
  nChar = nInput+1;
  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
      ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) +   /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
  );
  if( !pCsr ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];

  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
  while( c>0 ){
    int isError = 0;
    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);

      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
      */
      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3;
        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
      }
      pMod->xClose(pC);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }

      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
................................................................................
  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
  const char *ZDUMMY;             /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
  int DUMMY1;                     /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
  
  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
  if( zDoc==0 ){
    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){


    int iBegin;                   /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
    int iFin;                     /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
    int isHighlight;              /* True for highlighted terms */












    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
        ** Then break out of the loop. */
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
  const char *ZDUMMY;             /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
  int NDUMMY;                     /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */

  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
................................................................................
  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;

  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
  ** string-buffer res for each column.
  */
  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */


    int iStart;
    int iEnd;
    int iCurrent;
    const char *zDoc;
    int nDoc;

    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
    */

      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
      */
      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
      }
      pMod->xClose(pC);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }

      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
................................................................................
  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */


  
  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
  if( zDoc==0 ){
    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
    int DUMMY1 = -1;              /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
    int iBegin = 0;               /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
    int iFin = 0;                 /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
    int isHighlight = 0;          /* True for highlighted terms */

    /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere
    ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to
    ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily
    ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application
    ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for
    ** snippet generation or for some other purpose.
    **
    ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this
    ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface.
    ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this
    ** convention might not be respected.  */
    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
        ** Then break out of the loop. */
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;


  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */

  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
................................................................................
  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;

  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
  ** string-buffer res for each column.
  */
  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
    int NDUMMY = 0;               /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
    int iStart = 0;
    int iEnd = 0;
    int iCurrent = 0;
    const char *zDoc;
    int nDoc;

    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
    */

  int nName;
  const char *zInput;
  int nInput;

  const char *azArg[64];

  const char *zToken;
  int nToken;
  int iStart;
  int iEnd;
  int iPos;
  int i;

  Tcl_Obj *pRet;

  if( argc<2 ){
    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
    return;

  int nName;
  const char *zInput;
  int nInput;

  const char *azArg[64];

  const char *zToken;
  int nToken = 0;
  int iStart = 0;
  int iEnd = 0;
  int iPos = 0;
  int i;

  Tcl_Obj *pRet;

  if( argc<2 ){
    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
    return;

** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
  u32 *pnWord                     /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */
){
  int rc;
  int iStart;
  int iEnd;
  int iPos;
  int nWord = 0;

  char const *zToken;
  int nToken;

  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);

................................................................................
      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
      );
    }
  }

  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
  *pnWord = nWord;
  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}

/* 
** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
................................................................................
** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
** full-text index.
*/
static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
  u32 *aSz                /* Sizes of deleted document written here */

){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;


  if( *pRC ) return;
  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
      int i;
      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
................................................................................
        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
        *pRC = rc;
        return;
      }

    }
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }else{
    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }
  *pRC = rc;
}
................................................................................
      }
    }

    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      int iCol;
      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
      aSz[p->nColumn] = 0;
      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
        const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
        rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
      }
      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
................................................................................
        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
        int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;

        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT);
        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
          int nToken;               /* Number of bytes in token */
          int iDum1, iDum2;         /* Dummy variables */
          int iPos;                 /* Position of token in zText */

          rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            int i;
            cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
                zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
            );
................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
  
      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
        int nToken;               /* Number of bytes in token */
        int iDum1, iDum2;         /* Dummy variables */
        int iPos;                 /* Position of token in zText */
  
        rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
        for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
          Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
          if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
           && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
           && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
................................................................................
** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
*/
static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
  Fts3Table *p, 
  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
  int *pnDoc,
  u32 *aSzDel
){
  int isEmpty = 0;





  int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( isEmpty ){
      /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
      ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
      ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
      rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
      *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;


    }else{
      fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel);

      if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
        fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
        if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
      }else{
        *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
      }
      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
        fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);

      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
  u32 *aSzDel;                    /* Sizes of deleted documents */
  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
  int bInsertDone = 0;

  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
  assert( 
      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
................................................................................

  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
    goto update_out;
  }

  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
  aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
  if( aSzIns==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto update_out;
  }
  aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
  memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);

  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
  **
  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
................................................................................
  }

  if( p->bFts4 ){
    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
  }

 update_out:
  sqlite3_free(aSzIns);
  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
  return rc;
}

/* 
** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 

** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
  u32 *pnWord                     /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */
){
  int rc;
  int iStart = 0;
  int iEnd = 0;
  int iPos = 0;
  int nWord = 0;

  char const *zToken;
  int nToken = 0;

  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);

................................................................................
      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
      );
    }
  }

  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
  *pnWord += nWord;
  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}

/* 
** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
................................................................................
** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
** full-text index.
*/
static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
  u32 *aSz,               /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
  int *pbFound            /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */
){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;

  assert( *pbFound==0 );
  if( *pRC ) return;
  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
      int i;
      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
................................................................................
        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
        *pRC = rc;
        return;
      }
      *pbFound = 1;
    }
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }else{
    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }
  *pRC = rc;
}
................................................................................
      }
    }

    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      int iCol;
      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
      memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1));
      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
        const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
        rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
      }
      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
................................................................................
        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
        int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;

        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT);
        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */

          rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            int i;
            cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
                zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
            );
................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
  
      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
        int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
        int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
        int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
  
        rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
        for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
          Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
          if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
           && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
           && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
................................................................................
** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
*/
static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
  Fts3Table *p, 
  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
  int *pnChng,                    /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
  u32 *aSzDel
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  int bFound = 0;                 /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */

  fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound);
  if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int isEmpty = 0;              /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */
    rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( isEmpty ){
        /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
        ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
        ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
        rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);

        *pnChng = 0;
        memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2);
      }else{

        *pnChng = *pnChng - 1;
        if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);



        }
        if( p->bHasDocsize ){
          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
  int bInsertDone = 0;

  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
  assert( 
      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
................................................................................

  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
    goto update_out;
  }

  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
  aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
  if( aSzDel==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto update_out;
  }
  aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1];
  memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);

  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
  **
  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
................................................................................
  }

  if( p->bFts4 ){
    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
  }

 update_out:
  sqlite3_free(aSzDel);
  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
  return rc;
}

/* 
** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 

  $(TOP)/src/test_osinst.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_pcache.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_quota.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_rtree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_stat.c \

  $(TOP)/src/test_superlock.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_syscall.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_vfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_wholenumber.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_wsd.c
................................................................................
#
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS  = -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS += -DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE 

testfixture$(EXE): $(TESTSRC2) libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                  \
		$(TESTSRC) $(TESTSRC2) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c                \
		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) libsqlite3.a

amalgamation-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                  \
		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c                  \
		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

fts3-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c fts3amal.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
................................................................................
	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
	rm -f amalgamation-testfixture amalgamation-testfixture.exe
	rm -f fts3-testfixture fts3-testfixture.exe
	rm -f testfixture testfixture.exe
	rm -f threadtest3 threadtest3.exe
	rm -f sqlite3.c fts?amal.c tclsqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-output.vsix

  $(TOP)/src/test_osinst.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_pcache.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_quota.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_rtree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_stat.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_sqllog.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_superlock.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_syscall.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_vfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_wholenumber.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_wsd.c
................................................................................
#
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS  = -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS += -DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE 

testfixture$(EXE): $(TESTSRC2) libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                  \
		$(TESTSRC) $(TESTSRC2) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c                \
		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) libsqlite3.a $(THREADLIB)

amalgamation-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                  \
		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c                  \
		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

fts3-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c fts3amal.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
................................................................................
	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
	rm -f amalgamation-testfixture amalgamation-testfixture.exe
	rm -f fts3-testfixture fts3-testfixture.exe
	rm -f testfixture testfixture.exe
	rm -f threadtest3 threadtest3.exe
	rm -f sqlite3.c fts?amal.c tclsqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix

  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
      return 1;
    }
    sqlite3_free(pItem->zDatabase);
    pItem->zDatabase = 0;
    pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
#endif
  }

  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
      return 1;
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
    pItem->zDatabase = 0;
    pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
#endif
  }

  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );

  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
  if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;

  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
  */
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);

................................................................................
  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
    *pnErr = 1;
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return 0;
  }
  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;

  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
  */
  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");

  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );

  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
  if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;

  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
  */
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);

................................................................................
  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
    *pnErr = 1;
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return 0;
  }
  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;

  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
  */
  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");

** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
** no VDBE code was generated.
*/
void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
  sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;


  db = pParse->db;
  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
  if( pParse->nested ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr ) return;

  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
  ** vdbe program
................................................................................

  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
  ** specified collation sequence names.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( pExpr ){
      CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl;
      /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure.  But if an OOM
      ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */
      if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){
        nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
      }
    }
  }

  /* 
  ** Allocate the index structure. 
................................................................................
  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
  */
  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
    Column *pTabCol;
    int requestedSortOrder;

    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */

    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
        pTab->zName, zColName);
      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
    /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl):  Because of
    ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser,
    ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl
    ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error.  But if there
    ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */
    if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){


      int nColl;
      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName;
      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
      zColl = zExtra;
      zExtra += nColl;
      nExtra -= nColl;
    }else{
................................................................................
** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
*/
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);










  if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){
    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel);
    if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
    pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
  }
  if( iDb>=0 ){
    sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;

** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
** no VDBE code was generated.
*/
void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
  sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;

  assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
  db = pParse->db;
  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
  if( pParse->nested ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr ) return;

  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
  ** vdbe program
................................................................................

  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
  ** specified collation sequence names.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( pExpr ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
      if( pColl ){


        nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
      }
    }
  }

  /* 
  ** Allocate the index structure. 
................................................................................
  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
  */
  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
    Column *pTabCol;
    int requestedSortOrder;
    CollSeq *pColl;                /* Collating sequence */
    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */

    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
        pTab->zName, zColName);
      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;





    if( pListItem->pExpr
     && (pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pListItem->pExpr))!=0
    ){
      int nColl;
      zColl = pColl->zName;
      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
      zColl = zExtra;
      zExtra += nColl;
      nExtra -= nColl;
    }else{
................................................................................
** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
*/
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  if( pToplevel!=pParse ){
    /* This branch is taken if a trigger is currently being coded. In this
    ** case, set cookieGoto to a non-zero value to show that this function
    ** has been called. This is used by the sqlite3ExprCodeConstants()
    ** function. */
    pParse->cookieGoto = -1;
  }
#endif
  if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){
    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel);
    if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
    pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
  }
  if( iDb>=0 ){
    sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;

      pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup;
      assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
      assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
    }
    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);

  }
  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

      pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup;
      assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
      assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
    }
    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    if( pDup ) pDup->selFlags |= SF_Materialize;
  }
  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){


  int op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  if( op==TK_CAST ){
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
  }
  return pExpr->affinity;
}

/*
** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the
** collating sequence supplied in the second argument.




*/
Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){
  if( pExpr && pColl ){
    pExpr->pColl = pColl;





    pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;

  }

  return pExpr;
}








/*
** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
** collating sequences.


*/
Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
  char *zColl = 0;            /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
  CollSeq *pColl;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
  sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);




  return pExpr;
}

/*
** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
** there is no default collation type, return 0.






*/
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){

  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
  Expr *p = pExpr;
  while( p ){
    int op;

    pColl = p->pColl;










    if( pColl ) break;
    op = p->op;

    if( p->pTab!=0 && (

        op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER
    )){
      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
      const char *zColl;
      int j = p->iColumn;
      if( j>=0 ){
        sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
        zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
        pExpr->pColl = pColl;
      }
      break;
    }
    if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){






      break;
    }
    p = p->pLeft;
  }
  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
    pColl = 0;
  }
  return pColl;
}

................................................................................
CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Expr *pLeft, 
  Expr *pRight
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  assert( pLeft );
  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
    assert( pLeft->pColl );
    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
    assert( pRight->pColl );
    pColl = pRight->pColl;

  }else{
    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
    if( !pColl ){
      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
    }
  }
  return pColl;
................................................................................
  if( pRoot==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
  }else{
    if( pRight ){
      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
        pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl;
      }
    }
    if( pLeft ){
      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
      if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
        pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
      }
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
................................................................................
  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
  }else{
    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 );
    if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){
      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
    }else{
      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
    }
  }
  return nSize;
}
................................................................................
    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;

    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }
................................................................................
      testcase( regFree2==0 );
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
      break;
    }

    case TK_UPLUS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }

    case TK_TRIGGER: {
      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
................................................................................

    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;







    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
        pFarg = 0;
................................................................................
static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN:
    case TK_REGISTER: {
      return WRC_Prune;
    }



    case TK_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
      ** instructions. 
      */
................................................................................
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }
  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
    int r2;
    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);

    if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);


    pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
    pExpr->iTable = r2;
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}
................................................................................
  }
  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    return 2;
  }
  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2;








  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2;
  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2;
  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2;
  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
    if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
      return 2;
    }
  }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken){
    if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2;
    if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
      return 2;
    }
  }
  if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1;
  if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
** non-zero if they differ in any way.
**
................................................................................
        }
        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
        */
        assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
        ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
      }
      return WRC_Prune;



    }
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}
static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
  return WRC_Continue;
}

/*
** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.

**
** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
*/
void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
  Walker w;
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));

**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
  int op;
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  if( op==TK_CAST ){
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
  }
  return pExpr->affinity;
}

/*
** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
** implements the COLLATE operator.
**
** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
*/



Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
  if( pCollName->n>0 ){
    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1);
    if( pNew ){
      pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
      pNew->flags |= EP_Collate;
      pExpr = pNew;
    }
  }
  return pExpr;
}
Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
  Token s;
  assert( zC!=0 );
  s.z = zC;
  s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z);
  return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s);
}

/*





** Skip over any TK_COLLATE and/or TK_AS operators at the root of
** an expression.
*/








Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
  while( pExpr && (pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS) ){
    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
  }
  return pExpr;
}

/*
** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If

** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
**
** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
** COLLATE operators take first precedence.  Left operands take
** precedence over right operands.
*/
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
  Expr *p = pExpr;
  while( p ){
    int op = p->op;
    if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
      p = p->pLeft;
      continue;
    }
    assert( op!=TK_REGISTER || p->op2!=TK_COLLATE );
    if( op==TK_COLLATE ){
      if( db->init.busy ){
        /* Do not report errors when parsing while the schema */
        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), p->u.zToken, 0);
      }else{
        pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
      }
      break;

    }
    if( p->pTab!=0
     && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
    ){
      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */

      int j = p->iColumn;
      if( j>=0 ){

        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);

      }
      break;
    }
    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
      if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
        p = p->pLeft;
      }else{
        p = p->pRight;
      }
    }else{
      break;
    }

  }
  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
    pColl = 0;
  }
  return pColl;
}

................................................................................
CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Expr *pLeft, 
  Expr *pRight
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  assert( pLeft );
  if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);

  }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){


    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
  }else{
    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
    if( !pColl ){
      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
    }
  }
  return pColl;
................................................................................
  if( pRoot==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
  }else{
    if( pRight ){
      pRoot->pRight = pRight;

      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags;


    }
    if( pLeft ){
      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;

      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;


    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
................................................................................
  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
  }else{
    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 );
    if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->x.pList ){
      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
    }else{
      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
    }
  }
  return nSize;
}
................................................................................
    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
    pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine;
    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }
................................................................................
      testcase( regFree2==0 );
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
      break;
    }
    case TK_COLLATE: 
    case TK_UPLUS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }

    case TK_TRIGGER: {
      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
................................................................................

    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;

    case TK_COLLATE: {
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }

    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
        pFarg = 0;
................................................................................
static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN:
    case TK_REGISTER: {
      return WRC_Prune;
    }
    case TK_COLLATE: {
      return WRC_Continue;
    }
    case TK_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
      ** instructions. 
      */
................................................................................
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }
  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;

    int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
    /* If r2!=r1, it means that register r1 is never used.  That is harmless
    ** but suboptimal, so we want to know about the situation to fix it.
    ** Hence the following assert: */
    assert( r2==r1 );
    pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
    pExpr->iTable = r2;
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}
................................................................................
  }
  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    return 2;
  }
  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
  if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
    if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB)<2 ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft)<2 ){
      return 1;
    }
    return 2;
  }
  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2;
  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2;
  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2;
  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
    if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
      return 2;
    }
  }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken){
    if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2;
    if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
      return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
    }
  }


  return 0;
}

/*
** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
** non-zero if they differ in any way.
**
................................................................................
        }
        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
        */
        assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
        ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;

        return WRC_Prune;
      }else{
        return WRC_Continue;
      }
    }
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}
static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
  return WRC_Continue;
}

/*
** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
** points to.  Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
** necessary.
**
** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
*/
void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
  Walker w;
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));

    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
    if( pLeft ){
      /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ
      ** expression to the parent key column defaults.  */
      if( pIdx ){
        Column *pCol;

        iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
        if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1;
        pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
        pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
        pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl);


      }else{
        pLeft->iTable = regData;
        pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      }
    }
    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
    assert( iCol>=0 );

    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
    if( pLeft ){
      /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ
      ** expression to the parent key column defaults.  */
      if( pIdx ){
        Column *pCol;
        const char *zColl;
        iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
        if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1;
        pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
        pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
        zColl = pCol->zColl;
        if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
        pLeft = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pLeft, zColl);
      }else{
        pLeft->iTable = regData;
        pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      }
    }
    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
    assert( iCol>=0 );

      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
      break;
    }
  }
}



















































/*
** Implementation of the substr() function.
**
** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),

    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
#endif

      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the instr() function.
**
** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
**
** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
*/
static void instrFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *zHaystack;
  const unsigned char *zNeedle;
  int nHaystack;
  int nNeedle;
  int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
  int N = 1;
  int isText;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
  typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
    isText = 0;
  }else{
    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
    isText = 1;
  }
  while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
    N++;
    do{
      nHaystack--;
      zHaystack++;
    }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
  }
  if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
  sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
}

/*
** Implementation of the substr() function.
**
** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
#endif

   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
   0,                         /* xLog */
   0,                         /* pLogArg */
   0,                         /* bLocaltimeFault */




};


/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
** read-only.

   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
   0,                         /* xLog */
   0,                         /* pLogArg */
   0,                         /* bLocaltimeFault */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
   0,                         /* xSqllog */
   0                          /* pSqllogArg */
#endif
};


/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
** read-only.

      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
    }
    pEntry->count--;
    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
  }
  sqlite3_free( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count<=0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key

      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
    }
    pEntry->count--;
    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
  }
  sqlite3_free( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count==0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key

  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
  Vdbe *v;
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
    pParse->ckBase = regData;
    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, 0);
      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
        assert( pDup!=0 );
        sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pDup, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
        if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        }else{
          char *zConsName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
          if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
          if( zConsName ){
            zConsName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "constraint %s failed", zConsName);
          }else{
            zConsName = 0;
          }
          sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zConsName, P4_DYNAMIC);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
      }
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
    }
  }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */

  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.

  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
  Vdbe *v;
  assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
    pParse->ckBase = regData;
    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);



      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
      }else{
        char *zConsName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
        if( zConsName ){
          zConsName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "constraint %s failed", zConsName);
        }else{
          zConsName = 0;
        }
        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zConsName, P4_DYNAMIC);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);


    }
  }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */

  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.

*/
int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
}











/* 
** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
}
#endif

*/
int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
}

/*
** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open
** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a
** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened,
** return 0. Otherwise, return 1.
*/
int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){
  return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0);
}

/* 
** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
}
#endif

  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
  ** of this routine.
  */
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;








  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
  **
  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
................................................................................
      break;
    }

    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
      break;
    }










    default: {
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }
  }
  va_end(ap);
................................................................................
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }








  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
  */
  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    sqlite3_close(db);
    db = 0;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
  }
  *ppDb = db;







  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}

/*
** Open a new database handle.
*/
int sqlite3_open(
................................................................................
    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
    ** is obtained in every case.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
      db->dbOptFlags = (u8)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xff);
      break;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
    **
    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the

  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
  ** of this routine.
  */
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  {
    extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void);
    sqlite3_init_sqllog();
  }
#endif

  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
  **
  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
................................................................................
      break;
    }

    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
      break;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
      typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
      break;
    }
#endif

    default: {
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }
  }
  va_end(ap);
................................................................................
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
    /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
  }
#endif

  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
  */
  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    sqlite3_close(db);
    db = 0;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
  }
  *ppDb = db;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
    /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
    void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
  }
#endif
  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}

/*
** Open a new database handle.
*/
int sqlite3_open(
................................................................................
    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
    ** is obtained in every case.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
      db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
      break;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
    **
    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the

**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */








/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
**   2. No locking,
**   3. Dot-file locking,
................................................................................
  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */




#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
................................................................................
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}




/*
** Information and control of an open file handle.
*/
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
................................................................................
      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }








#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
    ** unchanged.
    */
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
................................................................................
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/

static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  (void)pFile;

  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}


















































































/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
................................................................................
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
*/
static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;





  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
    return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }

}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL


/*
** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
................................................................................
        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
        **
        ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate
        ** the requested memory region.
        */
        if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out;







        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){
          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate",
                            pShmNode->zFilename);
          goto shmpage_out;
        }

      }
    }

    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
        pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
    );
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){



    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);


  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
    int fd;
    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if OS_VXWORKS

**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/* Use posix_fallocate() if it is available
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) \
      && (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
# define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1
#endif

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
**   2. No locking,
**   3. Dot-file locking,
................................................................................
  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
................................................................................
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);

/*
** Information and control of an open file handle.
*/
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
................................................................................
      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
      if( zTFile ){
        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
    ** unchanged.
    */
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
................................................................................
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
#endif

/*
** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
*/
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
    struct statvfs fsInfo;
       
    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
      return pFile->sectorSize;
    }

    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else{
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        0;
    }
  }
  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
  ** then it isn't valid.*/
  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  }
  return pFile->sectorSize;
}
#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */

/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
................................................................................
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
*/
static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = 0;
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
#endif
  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;


  }
  return rc;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL


/*
** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
................................................................................
        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
        **
        ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate
        ** the requested memory region.
        */
        if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out;
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
        if( osFallocate(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_size, nByte)!=0 ){
          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "fallocate",
                            pShmNode->zFilename);
          goto shmpage_out;
        }
#else
        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){
          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate",
                            pShmNode->zFilename);
          goto shmpage_out;
        }
#endif
      }
    }

    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
        pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
    );
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
    if( errno==ENOENT ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
    }else{
      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
    }
    return rc;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
    int fd;
    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if OS_VXWORKS

      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
#else
      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
#endif
        if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
        break;
      }

      if( nWrite<=0 ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        break;
      }
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
      offset += nWrite;
      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
................................................................................
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}




/*
** Control and query of the open file handle.
*/
static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
................................................................................
      }
      if( a[1]>0 ){
        win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;








    }
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
                                  &sAttrData) ){
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }else{


        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */



        break;
      }
#else
      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
#endif
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){


        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */



        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
................................................................................
    } while(1);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    do {
      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){


        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */



        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
................................................................................
      if ( !retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
        break;
      }
    } while(1);
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno,
             "winDelete", zFilename);
  }else{
    logIoerr(cnt);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" )));

      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
#else
      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
#endif
        if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
        break;
      }
      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        break;
      }
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
      offset += nWrite;
      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
................................................................................
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);

/*
** Control and query of the open file handle.
*/
static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
................................................................................
      }
      if( a[1]>0 ){
        win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
      if( zTFile ){
        getTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
                                  &sAttrData) ){
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }else{
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
#else
      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
#endif
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
................................................................................
    } while(1);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    do {
      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
................................................................................
      if ( !retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
        break;
      }
    } while(1);
  }
#endif
  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno,
             "winDelete", zFilename);
  }else{
    logIoerr(cnt);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" )));

      pPager->journalOff = 0;
    }else{
      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
      */

      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
      if( !pPager->tempFile ){
        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
................................................................................
    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */

    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( nPage==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);

      isWal = 0;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
      );
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;

  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
    sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
  }
}

/*
** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
................................................................................
  #else
      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
  #endif
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  
      /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
      ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
      ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
      **
      ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the 
      ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
      ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
      ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of 
      ** reading data from the database file.
      */
  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize 
       && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
      ){
        Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
        const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
        const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */ 
        pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
................................................................................
            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
          }
        }
        pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
      } 
  #endif
  
      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
      */
      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;

      pPager->journalOff = 0;
    }else{
      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
      */
      int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
      if( bDelete ){
        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
................................................................................
    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */

    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( nPage==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
      isWal = 0;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
      );
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;

  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
  }
}

/*
** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
................................................................................
  #else
      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
  #endif
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  
      /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
      ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
      ** file.
      **
      ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the 
      ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
      ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
      ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of 
      ** reading data from the database file.
      */

      if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize 
       && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
      ){
        Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
        const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
        const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */ 
        pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
................................................................................
            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
          }
        }
        pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
      } 

  
      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
      */
      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;

}
expr(A) ::= VARIABLE(X).     {
  spanExpr(&A, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &X);
  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, A.pExpr);
  spanSet(&A, &X, &X);
}
expr(A) ::= expr(E) COLLATE ids(C). {
  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, E.pExpr, &C);
  A.zStart = E.zStart;
  A.zEnd = &C.z[C.n];
}
%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
expr(A) ::= CAST(X) LP expr(E) AS typetoken(T) RP(Y). {
  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, E.pExpr, 0, &T);
  spanSet(&A,&X,&Y);
................................................................................
%destructor idxlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type idxlist_opt {ExprList*}
%destructor idxlist_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}

idxlist_opt(A) ::= .                         {A = 0;}
idxlist_opt(A) ::= LP idxlist(X) RP.         {A = X;}
idxlist(A) ::= idxlist(X) COMMA nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z).  {
  Expr *p = 0;
  if( C.n>0 ){
    p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
    sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &C);
  }
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X, p);
  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,A,&Y,1);
  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, "index");
  if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)Z;
}
idxlist(A) ::= nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). {
  Expr *p = 0;
  if( C.n>0 ){
    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &C);
  }
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &Y, 1);
  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, "index");
  if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)Z;
}

%type collate {Token}

}
expr(A) ::= VARIABLE(X).     {
  spanExpr(&A, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &X);
  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, A.pExpr);
  spanSet(&A, &X, &X);
}
expr(A) ::= expr(E) COLLATE ids(C). {
  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, E.pExpr, &C);
  A.zStart = E.zStart;
  A.zEnd = &C.z[C.n];
}
%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
expr(A) ::= CAST(X) LP expr(E) AS typetoken(T) RP(Y). {
  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, E.pExpr, 0, &T);
  spanSet(&A,&X,&Y);
................................................................................
%destructor idxlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type idxlist_opt {ExprList*}
%destructor idxlist_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}

idxlist_opt(A) ::= .                         {A = 0;}
idxlist_opt(A) ::= LP idxlist(X) RP.         {A = X;}
idxlist(A) ::= idxlist(X) COMMA nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z).  {
  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &C);




  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X, p);
  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,A,&Y,1);
  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, "index");
  if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)Z;
}
idxlist(A) ::= nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). {
  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &C);




  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &Y, 1);
  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, "index");
  if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)Z;
}

%type collate {Token}

** Is equivalent to:
**
**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
**
** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
** from the result in the result-set.  We might fix this someday.  Or
** then again, we might not...









**
** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usually value is
** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */

  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
  assert( pOrig!=0 );
  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);


    incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
    if( pDup==0 ) return;
    if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
      pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
    }
    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){
    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
    if( pDup==0 ) return;
  }else{
    char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken;
    assert( zToken!=0 );
    pOrig->u.zToken = 0;
    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
    pOrig->u.zToken = zToken;
    if( pDup==0 ) return;
    assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
    pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken;
    pDup->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zToken);
  }
  if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
    pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
    pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;


  }

  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.



  */
  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));





  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
}


/*
** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
**
................................................................................
    moreToDo = 0;
    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
    assert( pEList!=0 );
    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      int iCol = -1;
      Expr *pE, *pDup;
      if( pItem->done ) continue;
      pE = pItem->pExpr;
      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
          return 1;
        }
      }else{
        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
................................................................................
            assert(pDup);
            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
          }
          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
        }
      }
      if( iCol>0 ){
        CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
        int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
        pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
        if( pE==0 ) return 1;
        pE->pColl = pColl;
        pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
        pE->u.iValue = iCol;








        pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
        pItem->done = 1;
      }else{
        moreToDo = 1;
      }
    }
    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
................................................................................
      /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
      ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
      ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
      ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
      continue;
    }
    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
      if( iCol<1 ){
        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
        return 1;
      }
      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
      continue;
    }

** Is equivalent to:
**
**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
**
** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
** from the result in the result-set.  We might fix this someday.  Or
** then again, we might not...
**
** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
** the COLLATE operator is preserved.  For example:
**
**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
**
** Should be transformed into:
**
**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
**
** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usually value is
** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */

  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
  assert( pOrig!=0 );
  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
  db = pParse->db;

  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
  if( pDup==0 ) return;
  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
    incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
    if( pDup==0 ) return;
    if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
      pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
    }
    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;













  }



  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
    pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
  }

  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
  ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
  ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
  ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
  */
  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
    assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
    pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
    pExpr->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken;
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
}


/*
** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
**
................................................................................
    moreToDo = 0;
    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
    assert( pEList!=0 );
    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      int iCol = -1;
      Expr *pE, *pDup;
      if( pItem->done ) continue;
      pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
          return 1;
        }
      }else{
        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
................................................................................
            assert(pDup);
            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
          }
          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
        }
      }
      if( iCol>0 ){
        /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
        ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */

        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;

        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
        }else{
          assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
          assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE );
          pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew;
        }
        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
        pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
        pItem->done = 1;
      }else{
        moreToDo = 1;
      }
    }
    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
................................................................................
      /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
      ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
      ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
      ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
      continue;
    }
    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE), &iCol) ){
      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
      if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
        return 1;
      }
      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
      continue;
    }

  }
  *pnCol = nCol;
  *paCol = aCol;

  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
    */
    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
    assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue)
               || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
    }else{
      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
................................................................................
    if( pKeyMerge ){
      pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
      pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
      pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
        CollSeq *pColl;
        Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
        if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
          pColl = pTerm->pColl;
        }else{
          pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
          pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
          pTerm->pColl = pColl;

        }
        pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
        pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
      }
    }
  }else{
    pKeyMerge = 0;
................................................................................

  /* Implement the main merge loop
  */
  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);

  /* Release temporary registers
  */
  if( regPrev ){
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
  }
................................................................................
    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
    }else{
      Expr *pNew;
      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
      if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){
        pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
      }
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
      pExpr = pNew;
    }
  }else{
    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
................................................................................
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);

  return 1;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */

/*
** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if 
** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
** a min()/max() query if:
**
**   1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
**
**   2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
**      either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
*/
static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){
  Expr *pExpr;
  ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;

  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
  if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0;
  pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
  if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){
    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){
    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
  }
  return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;









}

/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
................................................................................
  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
    SelectDest dest;
    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
    int isAggSub;

    if( pSub==0 ) continue;







    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);

      continue;
    }

    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
    ** may contain expression trees of at most
    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
................................................................................
    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
      if( isAggSub ){
        isAgg = 1;
        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
      }
      i = -1;






































    }else{
      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
      */
      int topAddr;
................................................................................
        **
        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
        */
        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;





        u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p);



        if( flag ){
          assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
          assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList->nExpr==1 );
          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0);
          pDel = pMinMax;
          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
          }
        }
  

  }
  *pnCol = nCol;
  *paCol = aCol;

  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
    */
    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
    assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue)
               || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
    }else{
      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
................................................................................
    if( pKeyMerge ){
      pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
      pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
      pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
        CollSeq *pColl;
        Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
        if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
        }else{
          pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
          if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
          pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
             sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
        }
        pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
        pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
      }
    }
  }else{
    pKeyMerge = 0;
................................................................................

  /* Implement the main merge loop
  */
  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);

  /* Release temporary registers
  */
  if( regPrev ){
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
  }
................................................................................
    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
    }else{
      Expr *pNew;
      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);



      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
      pExpr = pNew;
    }
  }else{
    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
................................................................................
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);

  return 1;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */

/*
** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
**
**    * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
**    * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
**    * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
**
** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the 
** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
**
** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
*/
static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
  int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;          /* Return value */

  *ppMinMax = 0;
  if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
    Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
    ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList;      /* Arguments to agg function */

    assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
    if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
      const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
        *ppMinMax = pEList;
      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
        *ppMinMax = pEList;
      }
    }
  }

  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
  return eRet;
}

/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
................................................................................
  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
    SelectDest dest;
    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
    int isAggSub;

    if( pSub==0 ) continue;

    /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
    ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
    ** for example.  In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
    ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view.  The first instance
    ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
    ** to be invoked again. */
    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
      if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
      }
      continue;
    }

    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
    ** may contain expression trees of at most
    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
................................................................................
    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
      if( isAggSub ){
        isAgg = 1;
        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
      }
      i = -1;
    }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1 && (p->selFlags & SF_Materialize)==0
      && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)
    ){
      /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
      ** set on each invocation.
      */
      int addrTop;
      int addrEof;
      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
      addrEof = ++pParse->nMem;
      /* Before coding the OP_Goto to jump to the start of the main routine,
      ** ensure that the jump to the verify-schema routine has already
      ** been coded. Otherwise, the verify-schema would likely be coded as 
      ** part of the co-routine. If the main routine then accessed the 
      ** database before invoking the co-routine for the first time (for 
      ** example to initialize a LIMIT register from a sub-select), it would 
      ** be doing so without having verified the schema version and obtained 
      ** the required db locks. See ticket d6b36be38.  */
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pItem->iCursor);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      VdbeComment((v, "coroutine for %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
      pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, addrEof);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
      pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow;
      pItem->viaCoroutine = 1;
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrTop, dest.iSdst);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addrTop, dest.nSdst);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, addrEof);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pItem->regReturn);
      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
    }else{
      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
      */
      int topAddr;
................................................................................
        **
        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
        */
        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
        u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
        
        assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
        assert( flag==0 );
        if( p->pHaving==0 ){
          flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
        }
        assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );

        if( flag ){


          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
          pDel = pMinMax;
          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
          }
        }
  

static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
  unsigned int c;
  fputc('"', out);
  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
    if( c=='\\' ){
      fputc(c, out);
      fputc(c, out);



    }else if( c=='\t' ){
      fputc('\\', out);
      fputc('t', out);
    }else if( c=='\n' ){
      fputc('\\', out);
      fputc('n', out);
    }else if( c=='\r' ){
................................................................................
      fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Tcl: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
        }
        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
      }
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
        fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
      }
      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Csv: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
................................................................................
      p->mode = MODE_Column;
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Html;
    }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;

    }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ",");
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t");
    }else if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
................................................................................
  if( zSql ){
    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
    }
    free(zSql);
  }
  free(zLine);
  return errCnt;
}

/*
** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.
*/
static char *find_home_dir(void){
................................................................................
/*
** Show available command line options
*/
static const char zOptions[] = 
  "   -bail                stop after hitting an error\n"
  "   -batch               force batch I/O\n"
  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
  "   -cmd command         run \"command\" before reading stdin\n"
  "   -csv                 set output mode to 'csv'\n"
  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
  "   -init filename       read/process named file\n"
  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"



  "   -help                show this message\n"
  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
  "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
  "   -separator 'x'       set output field separator (|)\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
;
................................................................................
  data->showHeader = 0;
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
}














int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  struct callback_data data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
................................................................................
#endif

  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
  ** the size of the alternative malloc heap,
  ** and the first command to execute.
  */
  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
    char *z;
    if( argv[i][0]!='-' ) break;
    z = argv[i];













    if( z[1]=='-' ) z++;
    if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0
     || strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0
     || strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0
    ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
      i++;
      zInitFile = argv[i];
    /* Need to check for batch mode here to so we can avoid printing
    ** informational messages (like from process_sqliterc) before 
    ** we do the actual processing of arguments later in a second pass.
    */
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
      int j, c;
      const char *zSize;
      sqlite3_int64 szHeap;

      zSize = argv[++i];
      szHeap = atoi(zSize);
      for(j=0; (c = zSize[j])!=0; j++){
        if( c=='M' ){ szHeap *= 1000000; break; }
        if( c=='K' ){ szHeap *= 1000; break; }
        if( c=='G' ){ szHeap *= 1000000000; break; }
      }
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
................................................................................
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
      extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int);
      sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1);
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(argv[++i]);
      if( pVfs ){
        sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1);
      }else{
        fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
        exit(1);
      }
    }
  }
  if( i<argc ){
    data.zDbFilename = argv[i++];
  }else{
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
#else
    data.zDbFilename = 0;
#endif
  }
  if( i<argc ){
    zFirstCmd = argv[i++];
  }
  if( i<argc ){
    fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: too many options: \"%s\"\n", Argv0, argv[i]);
    fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
    return 1;

  }
  data.out = stdout;

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
  if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: no database filename specified\n", Argv0);
    return 1;
  }
#endif

  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
  */
  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
    open_db(&data);
................................................................................
  }

  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
  ** settings in the initialization file.
  */
  for(i=1; i<argc && argv[i][0]=='-'; i++){
    char *z = argv[i];

    if( z[1]=='-' ){ z++; }
    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Html;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_List;
................................................................................
      data.mode = MODE_Line;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Column;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Csv;
      memcpy(data.separator,",",2);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){
      i++;
      if(i>=argc){
        fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n",
                        Argv0, z);
        fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
        return 1;
      }
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.separator), data.separator,
                       "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]);

    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){
      i++;
      if(i>=argc){
        fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n",
                        Argv0, z);
        fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
        return 1;
      }
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.nullvalue), data.nullvalue,
                       "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]);

    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
      data.showHeader = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
      data.showHeader = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
      data.echoOn = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-stats")==0 ){
................................................................................
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
      i++;
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
      usage(1);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0 ){
      if( i==argc-1 ) break;
      i++;
      z = argv[i];
      if( z[0]=='.' ){
        rc = do_meta_command(z, &data);
        if( rc && bail_on_error ) return rc;
      }else{
        open_db(&data);
        rc = shell_exec(data.db, z, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){

static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
  unsigned int c;
  fputc('"', out);
  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
    if( c=='\\' ){
      fputc(c, out);
      fputc(c, out);
    }else if( c=='"' ){
      fputc('\\', out);
      fputc('"', out);
    }else if( c=='\t' ){
      fputc('\\', out);
      fputc('t', out);
    }else if( c=='\n' ){
      fputc('\\', out);
      fputc('n', out);
    }else if( c=='\r' ){
................................................................................
      fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Tcl: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
          if(i<nArg-1) fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
        }
        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
      }
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
        if(i<nArg-1) fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
      }
      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Csv: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
................................................................................
      p->mode = MODE_Column;
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Html;
    }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, " ");
    }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ",");
    }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t");
    }else if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
................................................................................
  if( zSql ){
    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
    }
    free(zSql);
  }
  free(zLine);
  return errCnt>0;
}

/*
** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.
*/
static char *find_home_dir(void){
................................................................................
/*
** Show available command line options
*/
static const char zOptions[] = 
  "   -bail                stop after hitting an error\n"
  "   -batch               force batch I/O\n"
  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
  "   -cmd COMMAND         run \"COMMAND\" before reading stdin\n"
  "   -csv                 set output mode to 'csv'\n"
  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
  "   -init FILENAME       read/process named file\n"
  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
  "   -heap SIZE           Size of heap for memsys3 or memsys5\n"
#endif
  "   -help                show this message\n"
  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
  "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"
  "   -separator SEP       set output field separator. Default: '|'\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
;
................................................................................
  data->showHeader = 0;
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
}

/*
** Get the argument to an --option.  Throw an error and die if no argument
** is available.
*/
static char *cmdline_option_value(int argc, char **argv, int i){
  if( i==argc ){
    fprintf(stderr, "%s: Error: missing argument to %s\n",
            argv[0], argv[argc-1]);
    exit(1);
  }
  return argv[i];
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  struct callback_data data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
................................................................................
#endif

  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
  ** the size of the alternative malloc heap,
  ** and the first command to execute.
  */
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    char *z;

    z = argv[i];
    if( z[0]!='-' ){
      if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){
        data.zDbFilename = z;
        continue;
      }
      if( zFirstCmd==0 ){
        zFirstCmd = z;
        continue;
      }
      fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: too many options: \"%s\"\n", Argv0, argv[i]);
      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
      return 1;
    }
    if( z[1]=='-' ) z++;
    if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0
     || strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0
     || strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0
    ){
      (void)cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
      zInitFile = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      /* Need to check for batch mode here to so we can avoid printing
      ** informational messages (like from process_sqliterc) before 
      ** we do the actual processing of arguments later in a second pass.
      */

      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
      int j, c;
      const char *zSize;
      sqlite3_int64 szHeap;

      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
      szHeap = atoi(zSize);
      for(j=0; (c = zSize[j])!=0; j++){
        if( c=='M' ){ szHeap *= 1000000; break; }
        if( c=='K' ){ szHeap *= 1000; break; }
        if( c=='G' ){ szHeap *= 1000000000; break; }
      }
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
................................................................................
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
      extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int);
      sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1);
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( pVfs ){
        sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1);
      }else{
        fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
        exit(1);
      }
    }
  }

  if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
#else







    fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: no database filename specified\n", Argv0);

    return 1;
#endif
  }
  data.out = stdout;








  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
  */
  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
    open_db(&data);
................................................................................
  }

  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
  ** settings in the initialization file.
  */
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    char *z = argv[i];
    if( z[0]!='-' ) continue;
    if( z[1]=='-' ){ z++; }
    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Html;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_List;
................................................................................
      data.mode = MODE_Line;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Column;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){
      data.mode = MODE_Csv;
      memcpy(data.separator,",",2);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){







      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.separator), data.separator,

                       "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){







      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.nullvalue), data.nullvalue,

                       "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
      data.showHeader = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
      data.showHeader = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
      data.echoOn = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-stats")==0 ){
................................................................................
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
      i++;
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
      usage(1);
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0 ){
      if( i==argc-1 ) break;
      z = cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i);

      if( z[0]=='.' ){
        rc = do_meta_command(z, &data);
        if( rc && bail_on_error ) return rc;
      }else{
        open_db(&data);
        rc = shell_exec(data.db, z, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){

#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))

#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
................................................................................
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
** </ul>
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
** ^This file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
** current operation.










*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15


/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
** <dd> This option taks a single integer argument which is interpreted as
** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
** full table scans in the query optimizer.  The default setting is determined
** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
** if that compile-time option is omitted.
** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
** malfunction when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
................................................................................
** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
** </dl>
















*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
**

#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
................................................................................
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.

**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
** ^This file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
** current operation.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
** ^Application can invoke this file-control to have SQLite generate a
** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
** <dd> This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
** full table scans in the query optimizer.  The default setting is determined
** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
** if that compile-time option is omitted.
** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
** malfunction when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
................................................................................
** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
** </dl>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
** SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
**

  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  u8 dbOptFlags;                /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x0010   /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */

#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0x00ff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
................................................................................
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one
** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
** translations, if any.
**
** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
** xCmp16.
**
** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
struct CollSeq {
  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
................................................................................

  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
  union {
    ExprList *pList;     /* Function arguments or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
    Select *pSelect;     /* Used for sub-selects and "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
  } x;
  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */

  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
  *********************************************************************/

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
................................................................................
#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_DblQuoted  0x0040  /* token.z was originally in "..." */
#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
#define EP_FixedDest  0x0200  /* Result needed in a specific register */
#define EP_IntValue   0x0400  /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
#define EP_xIsSelect  0x0800  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
#define EP_Hint       0x1000  /* Not used */
#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Static     0x8000  /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
................................................................................
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    u8 notIndexed;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
    u8 isCorrelated;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
................................................................................
      struct InLoop {
        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
    } in;                 /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
  } u;


  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
  ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
  ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
  ** element.
  */
................................................................................
  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
** "Select Flag".
*/
#define SF_Distinct        0x01  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
#define SF_Resolved        0x02  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
#define SF_Aggregate       0x04  /* Contains aggregate functions */
#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x08  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
#define SF_Expanded        0x10  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x20  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
#define SF_UseSorter       0x40  /* Sort using a sorter */
#define SF_Values          0x80  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */



/*
** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
*/
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
................................................................................
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */


/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................
  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */




};

/*
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
struct Walker {
  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
................................................................................
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*);

Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
................................................................................
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
  int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);

#else
  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)

#endif

void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0

  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x0010   /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
................................................................................
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**












** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
struct CollSeq {
  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
................................................................................

  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
  union {
    ExprList *pList;     /* Function arguments or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
    Select *pSelect;     /* Used for sub-selects and "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
  } x;


  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
  *********************************************************************/

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
................................................................................
#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_DblQuoted  0x0040  /* token.z was originally in "..." */
#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_Collate    0x0100  /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE opeartor */
#define EP_FixedDest  0x0200  /* Result needed in a specific register */
#define EP_IntValue   0x0400  /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
#define EP_xIsSelect  0x0800  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
#define EP_Hint       0x1000  /* Not used */
#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Static     0x8000  /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
................................................................................
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
    unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
    unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
................................................................................
      struct InLoop {
        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
    } in;                 /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
  } u;
  double rOptCost;      /* "Optimal" cost for this level */

  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
  ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
  ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
  ** element.
  */
................................................................................
  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
** "Select Flag".
*/
#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
#define SF_UseSorter       0x0040  /* Sort using a sorter */
#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
#define SF_Materialize     0x0100  /* Force materialization of views */


/*
** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
*/
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
................................................................................
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................
  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
  void *pSqllogArg;
#endif
};

/*
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
struct Walker {
  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
................................................................................
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
................................................................................
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
  int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
  int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
#else
  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
#endif

void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0

    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */

      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
        sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe);

      }
      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;

      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = nByte;

      break;

    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */

      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
      }
      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;

      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = nByte;

      break;

  }
  sqlite3_file_control(db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME,(void*)&zVfsName);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zVfsName, (char*)0);
  sqlite3_free(zVfsName);
  return TCL_OK;  
}


































/*
** tclcmd:   sqlite3_vfs_list
**
**   Return a tcl list containing the names of all registered vfs's.
*/
static int vfs_list(
................................................................................
     { "file_control_lockproxy_test", file_control_lockproxy_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_chunksize_test", file_control_chunksize_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_sizehint_test",  file_control_sizehint_test,   0   },
     { "file_control_win32_av_retry", file_control_win32_av_retry,  0   },
     { "file_control_persist_wal",    file_control_persist_wal,     0   },
     { "file_control_powersafe_overwrite",file_control_powersafe_overwrite,0},
     { "file_control_vfsname",        file_control_vfsname,         0   },

     { "sqlite3_vfs_list",           vfs_list,     0   },
     { "sqlite3_create_function_v2", test_create_function_v2, 0 },

     /* Functions from os.h */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },

  }
  sqlite3_file_control(db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME,(void*)&zVfsName);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zVfsName, (char*)0);
  sqlite3_free(zVfsName);
  return TCL_OK;  
}

/*
** tclcmd:   file_control_tempfilename DB ?AUXDB?
**
** Return a string that is a temporary filename
*/
static int file_control_tempfilename(
  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  sqlite3 *db;
  const char *zDbName = "main";
  char *zTName = 0;

  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB ?AUXDB?", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( objc==3 ){
    zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
  }
  sqlite3_file_control(db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME, (void*)&zTName);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zTName, (char*)0);
  sqlite3_free(zTName);
  return TCL_OK;  
}


/*
** tclcmd:   sqlite3_vfs_list
**
**   Return a tcl list containing the names of all registered vfs's.
*/
static int vfs_list(
................................................................................
     { "file_control_lockproxy_test", file_control_lockproxy_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_chunksize_test", file_control_chunksize_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_sizehint_test",  file_control_sizehint_test,   0   },
     { "file_control_win32_av_retry", file_control_win32_av_retry,  0   },
     { "file_control_persist_wal",    file_control_persist_wal,     0   },
     { "file_control_powersafe_overwrite",file_control_powersafe_overwrite,0},
     { "file_control_vfsname",        file_control_vfsname,         0   },
     { "file_control_tempfilename",   file_control_tempfilename,    0   },
     { "sqlite3_vfs_list",           vfs_list,     0   },
     { "sqlite3_create_function_v2", test_create_function_v2, 0 },

     /* Functions from os.h */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },

        u8 *zGarbage;
        int iFirst = (int)(pWrite->iOffset/g.iSectorSize);
        int iLast = (int)((pWrite->iOffset+pWrite->nBuf-1)/g.iSectorSize);

        assert(pWrite->zBuf);

#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
        printf("Trashing %d sectors @ sector %d (%s)\n", 
            1+iLast-iFirst, iFirst, pWrite->pFile->zName
        );
#endif

        zGarbage = crash_malloc(g.iSectorSize);
        if( zGarbage ){
          sqlite3_int64 i;
          for(i=iFirst; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=iLast; i++){
................................................................................
    pWrapper->nData = (4096 + pWrapper->iSize);
    pWrapper->zData = crash_malloc(pWrapper->nData);
    if( pWrapper->zData ){
      /* os_unix.c contains an assert() that fails if the caller attempts
      ** to read data from the 512-byte locking region of a file opened
      ** with the SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB flag. This region of a database file
      ** never contains valid data anyhow. So avoid doing such a read here.



      */
      const int isDb = (flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
      i64 iChunk = pWrapper->iSize;
      if( iChunk>PENDING_BYTE && isDb ){
        iChunk = PENDING_BYTE;

      }
      memset(pWrapper->zData, 0, pWrapper->nData);
      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, pWrapper->zData, (int)iChunk, 0); 
      if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pWrapper->iSize>(PENDING_BYTE+512) && isDb ){
        i64 iOff = PENDING_BYTE+512;
        iChunk = pWrapper->iSize - iOff;


        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, &pWrapper->zData[iOff], (int)iChunk, iOff);
      }
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pWrapper->pMethod ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pFile);

        u8 *zGarbage;
        int iFirst = (int)(pWrite->iOffset/g.iSectorSize);
        int iLast = (int)((pWrite->iOffset+pWrite->nBuf-1)/g.iSectorSize);

        assert(pWrite->zBuf);

#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
        printf("Trashing %d sectors @ %lld (sector %d) (%s)\n", 
            1+iLast-iFirst, pWrite->iOffset, iFirst, pWrite->pFile->zName
        );
#endif

        zGarbage = crash_malloc(g.iSectorSize);
        if( zGarbage ){
          sqlite3_int64 i;
          for(i=iFirst; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=iLast; i++){
................................................................................
    pWrapper->nData = (4096 + pWrapper->iSize);
    pWrapper->zData = crash_malloc(pWrapper->nData);
    if( pWrapper->zData ){
      /* os_unix.c contains an assert() that fails if the caller attempts
      ** to read data from the 512-byte locking region of a file opened
      ** with the SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB flag. This region of a database file
      ** never contains valid data anyhow. So avoid doing such a read here.
      **
      ** UPDATE: It also contains an assert() verifying that each call
      ** to the xRead() method reads less than 128KB of data.
      */
      const int isDb = (flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);



      i64 iOff;

      memset(pWrapper->zData, 0, pWrapper->nData);

      for(iOff=0; iOff<pWrapper->iSize; iOff += 512){

        int nRead = pWrapper->iSize - (int)iOff;
        if( nRead>512 ) nRead = 512;
        if( isDb && iOff==PENDING_BYTE ) continue;
        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, &pWrapper->zData[iOff], nRead, iOff);
      }
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pWrapper->pMethod ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pFile);

** virtual table is dropped.  Since the virtual tables are created in the
** TEMP database, they are automatically dropped when the database connection
** closes so the application does not normally need to take any special
** action to free the intarray objects.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"








/*
** An sqlite3_intarray is an abstract type to stores an instance of
** an integer array.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_intarray sqlite3_intarray;

/*
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

** virtual table is dropped.  Since the virtual tables are created in the
** TEMP database, they are automatically dropped when the database connection
** closes so the application does not normally need to take any special
** action to free the intarray objects.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
** An sqlite3_intarray is an abstract type to stores an instance of
** an integer array.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_intarray sqlite3_intarray;

/*
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

  if( objc!=2 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TITLE");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  {
    const char *zTitle;
    zTitle = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    extern int sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char*);

    sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(zTitle);
  }
#endif
  return TCL_OK;
}

#define MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES  10 

  if( objc!=2 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TITLE");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  {
    const char *zTitle;

    extern int sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char*);
    zTitle = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(zTitle);
  }
#endif
  return TCL_OK;
}

#define MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES  10 

**   This file control is used to set the maximum number of chunks
**   allowed to be used for a mutliplex file set.
*/
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE          214014
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE  214015
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS  214016





/*
** CAPI: Initialize the multiplex VFS shim - sqlite3_multiplex_initialize()
**
** Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName as the VFS that does the actual work.  
** Use the default if zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
**
** The multiplex VFS shim is named "multiplex".  It will become the default
................................................................................
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
extern int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void);



#endif

**   This file control is used to set the maximum number of chunks
**   allowed to be used for a mutliplex file set.
*/
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE          214014
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE  214015
#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS  214016

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
** CAPI: Initialize the multiplex VFS shim - sqlite3_multiplex_initialize()
**
** Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName as the VFS that does the actual work.  
** Use the default if zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
**
** The multiplex VFS shim is named "multiplex".  It will become the default
................................................................................
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
extern int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif

    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
    quotaLeave();
  }
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
  rc = ftruncate(fileno(p->f), szNew);
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN





  rc = _chsize_s(_fileno(p->f), szNew);

#endif
  if( pFile && rc==0 ){
    quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
    quotaEnter();
    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
    pFile->iSize = szNew;
    quotaLeave();

    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
    quotaLeave();
  }
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
  rc = ftruncate(fileno(p->f), szNew);
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
#  if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
     /* _chsize_s() is missing from MingW (as of 2012-11-06).  Use
     ** _chsize() as a work-around for testing purposes. */
     rc = _chsize(_fileno(p->f), (long)szNew);
#  else
     rc = _chsize_s(_fileno(p->f), szNew);
#  endif
#endif
  if( pFile && rc==0 ){
    quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
    quotaEnter();
    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
    pFile->iSize = szNew;
    quotaLeave();

/*
** 2012 November 26
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** OVERVIEW
**
**   This file contains experimental code used to record data from live
**   SQLite applications that may be useful for offline analysis. Specifically:
**
**     1) The initial contents of all database files opened by the 
**        application, and
**
**     2) All SQL statements executed by the application.
**
** USAGE
**
**   To use this module, SQLite must be compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
**   pre-processor symbol defined and this file linked into the application
**   somehow.
**
**   At runtime, logging is enabled by setting environment variable
**   SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR to the name of a directory in which to store logged 
**   data. The directory must already exist.
**
**   Usually, if the application opens the same database file more than once
**   (either by attaching it or by using more than one database handle), only
**   a single copy is made. This behaviour may be overridden (so that a 
**   separate copy is taken each time the database file is opened or attached)
**   by setting the environment variable SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES to 0.
**
** OUTPUT:
**
**   The SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR is populated with three types of files:
**
**      sqllog_N.db   - Copies of database files. N may be any integer.
**
**      sqllog_N.sql  - A list of SQL statements executed by a single
**                      connection. N may be any integer.
**
**      sqllog.idx    - An index mapping from integer N to a database
**                      file name - indicating the full path of the
**                      database from which sqllog_N.db was copied.
**
** ERROR HANDLING:
**
**   This module attempts to make a best effort to continue logging if an
**   IO or other error is encountered. For example, if a log file cannot 
**   be opened logs are not collected for that connection, but other
**   logging proceeds as expected. Errors are logged by calling sqlite3_log().
*/

#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "stdlib.h"
#include "string.h"
#include "assert.h"

#include "sys/types.h"
#include "unistd.h"
static int getProcessId(void){
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
  return (int)_getpid();
#else
  return (int)getpid();
#endif
}


#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR"
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES"

/* Assume that all database and database file names are shorted than this. */
#define SQLLOG_NAMESZ 512

/* Maximum number of simultaneous database connections the process may
** open (if any more are opened an error is logged using sqlite3_log()
** and processing is halted).
*/
#define MAX_CONNECTIONS 256

struct SLConn {
  int isErr;                      /* True if an error has occurred */
  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Connection handle */
  int iLog;                       /* First integer value used in file names */
  FILE *fd;                       /* File descriptor for log file */
};

struct SLGlobal {
  /* Protected by MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;           /* Recursive mutex */
  int nConn;                      /* Size of aConn[] array */

  /* Protected by SLGlobal.mutex */
  int bReuse;                     /* True to avoid extra copies of db files */
  char zPrefix[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];    /* Prefix for all created files */
  char zIdx[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];       /* Full path to *.idx file */
  int iNextLog;                   /* Used to allocate file names */
  int iNextDb;                    /* Used to allocate database file names */
  int bRec;                       /* True if testSqllog() is called rec. */
  int iClock;                     /* Clock value */
  struct SLConn aConn[MAX_CONNECTIONS];
} sqllogglobal;

/*
** Return true if c is an ASCII whitespace character.
*/
static int sqllog_isspace(char c){
  return (c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\v' || c=='\f' || c=='\r');
}

/*
** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing an SQL
** command. Before returning, this function sets *pz to point to the start
** of the first token in this command, and *pn to the number of bytes in 
** the token. This is used to check if the SQL command is an "ATTACH" or 
** not.
*/
static void sqllogTokenize(const char *z, const char **pz, int *pn){
  const char *p = z;
  int n;

  /* Skip past any whitespace */
  while( sqllog_isspace(*p) ){
    p++;
  }

  /* Figure out how long the first token is */
  *pz = p;
  n = 0;
  while( (p[n]>='a' && p[n]<='z') || (p[n]>='A' && p[n]<='Z') ) n++;
  *pn = n;
}

/*
** Check if the logs directory already contains a copy of database file 
** zFile. If so, return a pointer to the full path of the copy. Otherwise,
** return NULL.
**
** If a non-NULL value is returned, then the caller must arrange to 
** eventually free it using sqlite3_free().
*/
static char *sqllogFindFile(const char *zFile){
  char *zRet = 0;
  FILE *fd = 0;

  /* Open the index file for reading */
  fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "r");
  if( fd==0 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogFindFile(): error in fopen()");
    return 0;
  }

  /* Loop through each entry in the index file. If zFile is not NULL and the
  ** entry is a match, then set zRet to point to the filename of the existing
  ** copy and break out of the loop.  */
  while( feof(fd)==0 ){
    char zLine[SQLLOG_NAMESZ*2+5];
    if( fgets(zLine, sizeof(zLine), fd) ){
      int n;
      char *z;

      zLine[sizeof(zLine)-1] = '\0';
      z = zLine;
      while( *z>='0' && *z<='9' ) z++;
      while( *z==' ' ) z++;

      n = strlen(z);
      while( n>0 && sqllog_isspace(z[n-1]) ) n--;

      if( n==strlen(zFile) && 0==memcmp(zFile, z, n) ){
        char zBuf[16];
        memset(zBuf, 0, sizeof(zBuf));
        z = zLine;
        while( *z>='0' && *z<='9' ){
          zBuf[z-zLine] = *z;
          z++;
        }
        zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%s.db", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, zBuf);
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  if( ferror(fd) ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogFindFile(): error reading index file");
  }

  fclose(fd);
  return zRet;
}

static int sqllogFindAttached(
  struct SLConn *p,               /* Database connection */
  const char *zSearch,            /* Name to search for (or NULL) */
  char *zName,                    /* OUT: Name of attached database */
  char *zFile                     /* OUT: Name of attached file */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  /* The "PRAGMA database_list" command returns a list of databases in the
  ** order that they were attached. So a newly attached database is 
  ** described by the last row returned.  */
  assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
  sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      const char *zVal1; int nVal1;
      const char *zVal2; int nVal2;

      zVal1 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
      nVal1 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
      memcpy(zName, zVal1, nVal1+1);

      zVal2 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2);
      nVal2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
      memcpy(zFile, zVal2, nVal2+1);

      if( zSearch && strlen(zSearch)==nVal1 
       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zSearch, zVal1, nVal1)
      ){
        break;
      }
    }
    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  sqllogglobal.bRec = 0;

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_log(rc, "sqllogFindAttached(): error in \"PRAGMA database_list\"");
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Parameter zSearch is the name of a database attached to the database 
** connection associated with the first argument. This function creates
** a backup of this database in the logs directory.
**
** The name used for the backup file is automatically generated. Call
** it zFile.
**
** If the bLog parameter is true, then a statement of the following form
** is written to the log file associated with *p:
**
**    ATTACH 'zFile' AS 'zName';
**
** Otherwise, if bLog is false, a comment is added to the log file:
**
**    -- Main database file is 'zFile'
**
** The SLGlobal.mutex mutex is always held when this function is called.
*/
static void sqllogCopydb(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSearch, int bLog){
  char zName[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Attached database name */
  char zFile[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Database file name */
  char *zFree;
  char *zInit = 0;
  int rc;

  rc = sqllogFindAttached(p, zSearch, zName, zFile);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;

  if( zFile[0]=='\0' ){
    zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("");
  }else{
    if( sqllogglobal.bReuse ){
      zInit = sqllogFindFile(zFile);
    }else{
      zInit = 0;
    }
    if( zInit==0 ){
      int rc;
      sqlite3 *copy = 0;
      int iDb;

      /* Generate a file-name to use for the copy of this database */
      iDb = sqllogglobal.iNextDb++;
      zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%d.db", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, iDb);

      /* Create the backup */
      assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
      sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
      rc = sqlite3_open(zInit, &copy);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_backup *pBak;
        sqlite3_exec(copy, "PRAGMA synchronous = 0", 0, 0, 0);
        pBak = sqlite3_backup_init(copy, "main", p->db, zName);
        if( pBak ){
          sqlite3_backup_step(pBak, -1);
          rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(pBak);
        }else{
          rc = sqlite3_errcode(copy);
        }
        sqlite3_close(copy);
      }
      sqllogglobal.bRec = 0;

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        /* Write an entry into the database index file */
        FILE *fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "a");
        if( fd ){
          fprintf(fd, "%d %s\n", iDb, zFile);
          fclose(fd);
        }
      }else{
        sqlite3_log(rc, "sqllogCopydb(): error backing up database");
      }
    }
  }

  if( bLog ){
    zFree = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH '%q' AS '%q'; -- clock=%d\n", 
        zInit, zName, sqllogglobal.iClock++
    );
  }else{
    zFree = sqlite3_mprintf("-- Main database is '%q'\n", zInit);
  }
  fprintf(p->fd, "%s", zFree);
  sqlite3_free(zFree);

  sqlite3_free(zInit);
}

/*
** If it is not already open, open the log file for connection *p. 
**
** The SLGlobal.mutex mutex is always held when this function is called.
*/
static void sqllogOpenlog(struct SLConn *p){
  /* If the log file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
  if( p->fd==0 ){
    char *zLog;

    /* If it is still NULL, have global.zPrefix point to a copy of 
    ** environment variable $ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME.  */
    if( sqllogglobal.zPrefix[0]==0 ){
      FILE *fd;
      char *zVar = getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME);
      if( zVar==0 || strlen(zVar)+10>=(sizeof(sqllogglobal.zPrefix)) ) return;
      sprintf(sqllogglobal.zPrefix, "%s/sqllog_%d", zVar, getProcessId());
      sprintf(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "%s.idx", sqllogglobal.zPrefix);
      if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME) ){
        sqllogglobal.bReuse = atoi(getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME));
      }
      fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "w");
      if( fd ) fclose(fd);
    }

    /* Open the log file */
    zLog = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%d.sql", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, p->iLog);
    p->fd = fopen(zLog, "w");
    sqlite3_free(zLog);
    if( p->fd==0 ){
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogOpenlog(): Failed to open log file");
    }
  }
}

/*
** This function is called if the SQLLOG callback is invoked to report
** execution of an SQL statement. Parameter p is the connection the statement
** was executed by and parameter zSql is the text of the statement itself.
*/
static void testSqllogStmt(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSql){
  const char *zFirst;             /* Pointer to first token in zSql */
  int nFirst;                     /* Size of token zFirst in bytes */

  sqllogTokenize(zSql, &zFirst, &nFirst);
  if( nFirst!=6 || 0!=sqlite3_strnicmp("ATTACH", zFirst, 6) ){
    /* Not an ATTACH statement. Write this directly to the log. */
    fprintf(p->fd, "%s; -- clock=%d\n", zSql, sqllogglobal.iClock++);
  }else{
    /* This is an ATTACH statement. Copy the database. */
    sqllogCopydb(p, 0, 1);
  }
}

/*
** The SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback registered by sqlite3_init_sqllog().
*/
static void testSqllog(void *pCtx, sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int eType){
  struct SLConn *p = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex *master = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);

  assert( eType==0 || eType==1 || eType==2 );
  assert( (eType==2)==(zSql==0) );

  /* This is a database open command. */
  if( eType==0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
    if( sqllogglobal.mutex==0 ){
      sqllogglobal.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
    }
    p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn++];
    p->fd = 0;
    p->db = db;
    p->iLog = sqllogglobal.iNextLog++;
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    /* Open the log and take a copy of the main database file */
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
      sqllogOpenlog(p);
      if( p->fd ) sqllogCopydb(p, "main", 0);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
  }

  else{

    int i;
    for(i=0; i<sqllogglobal.nConn; i++){
      p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[i];
      if( p->db==db ) break;
    }
    if( i==sqllogglobal.nConn ) return;

    /* A database handle close command */
    if( eType==2 ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
      if( p->fd ) fclose(p->fd);
      p->db = 0;
      p->fd = 0;

      sqllogglobal.nConn--;
      if( sqllogglobal.nConn==0 ){
        sqlite3_mutex_free(sqllogglobal.mutex);
        sqllogglobal.mutex = 0;
      }else{
        int nShift = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn] - p;
        if( nShift>0 ){
          memmove(p, &p[1], nShift*sizeof(struct SLConn));
        }
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    /* An ordinary SQL command. */
    }else if( p->fd ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
      if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
        testSqllogStmt(p, zSql);
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    }
  }
}

/*
** This function is called either before sqlite3_initialized() or by it.
** It checks if the SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR variable is defined, and if so 
** registers an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback to record the applications
** database activity.
*/
void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void){
  if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME) ){
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG, testSqllog, 0) ){
      memset(&sqllogglobal, 0, sizeof(sqllogglobal));
      sqllogglobal.bReuse = 1;
    }
  }
}

    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER: zOp = "FILE_POINTER";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: zOp = "SYNC_OMITTED";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: zOp = "WIN32_AV_RETRY";   break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL:  zOp = "PERSIST_WAL";        break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE:    zOp = "OVERWRITE";          break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME:      zOp = "VFSNAME";            break;

    case 0xca093fa0:                zOp = "DB_UNCHANGED";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA: {
      const char *const* a = (const char*const*)pArg;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "PRAGMA,[%s,%s]",a[1],a[2]);
      zOp = zBuf;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp);
  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("vfstrace.%s/%z",
                                    pInfo->zVfsName, *(char**)pArg);
  }

  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA && rc==SQLITE_OK && *(char**)pArg ){
    vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFileControl(%s,%s) returns %s",
                    pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp, *(char**)pArg);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*

    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER: zOp = "FILE_POINTER";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: zOp = "SYNC_OMITTED";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: zOp = "WIN32_AV_RETRY";   break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL:  zOp = "PERSIST_WAL";        break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE:    zOp = "OVERWRITE";          break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME:      zOp = "VFSNAME";            break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: zOp = "TEMPFILENAME";       break;
    case 0xca093fa0:                zOp = "DB_UNCHANGED";       break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA: {
      const char *const* a = (const char*const*)pArg;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "PRAGMA,[%s,%s]",a[1],a[2]);
      zOp = zBuf;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp);
  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("vfstrace.%s/%z",
                                    pInfo->zVfsName, *(char**)pArg);
  }
  if( (op==SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA || op==SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME)
   && rc==SQLITE_OK && *(char**)pArg ){
    vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFileControl(%s,%s) returns %s",
                    pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp, *(char**)pArg);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*

    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
    **   END;
    **
    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
    */
    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;










    switch( pStep->op ){
      case TK_UPDATE: {
        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 

    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
    **   END;
    **
    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
    */
    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;

    /* Clear the cookieGoto flag. When coding triggers, the cookieGoto 
    ** variable is used as a flag to indicate to sqlite3ExprCodeConstants()
    ** that it is not safe to refactor constants (this happens after the
    ** start of the first loop in the SQL statement is coded - at that 
    ** point code may be conditionally executed, so it is no longer safe to 
    ** initialize constant register values).  */
    assert( pParse->cookieGoto==0 || pParse->cookieGoto==-1 );
    pParse->cookieGoto = 0;

    switch( pStep->op ){
      case TK_UPDATE: {
        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
*/
static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){


  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
    fprintf(out, " NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
................................................................................
  n = pOp->p3;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
  while( 1 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
    Deephemeralize(pOut);



    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
    pOut++;
    pIn1++;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */

  int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */

  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
  applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
    iA = pIn1->u.i;
    iB = pIn2->u.i;

    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Divide: {
        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
................................................................................
        iB %= iA;
        break;
      }
    }
    pOut->u.i = iB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  }else{

fp_math:
    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
................................................................................
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
#else
    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
    }
    pOut->r = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
    if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;

arithmetic_result_is_null:
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
**
** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow.  Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
*/
case OP_Permutation: {
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.





**
** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
**
** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
................................................................................
  int p1;
  int p2;
  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int idx;
  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */


  n = pOp->p3;
  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
  assert( n>0 );
  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
  p1 = pOp->p1;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
**
** See also: JumpOnce
*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
................................................................................
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
      VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( ALWAYS(pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){
    pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];





    assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
    assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
    payloadSize = pReg->n;
    zRec = pReg->z;
    pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
  }else{
................................................................................
    }
  }
  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
  pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
*/
case OP_SorterOpen: {
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
................................................................................
#else
  pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral;
  pc--;
#endif
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.

**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
**
** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
  pCx->isTable = 1;
  pCx->isIndex = 0;

  break;
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
................................................................................
  i64 v;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
    v = pC->movetoTarget;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
*/
static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
  if( p->flags & MEM_Invalid ){
    fprintf(out, " undefined");
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
    fprintf(out, " NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
................................................................................
  n = pOp->p3;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
  while( 1 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
    Deephemeralize(pOut);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
#endif
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
    pOut++;
    pIn1++;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
  char bIntint;   /* Started out as two integer operands */
  int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */

  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
  applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
    iA = pIn1->u.i;
    iB = pIn2->u.i;
    bIntint = 1;
    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
      case OP_Divide: {
        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
................................................................................
        iB %= iA;
        break;
      }
    }
    pOut->u.i = iB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  }else{
    bIntint = 0;
fp_math:
    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
................................................................................
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
#else
    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
    }
    pOut->r = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
    if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;

arithmetic_result_is_null:
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
**
** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
*/
case OP_Permutation: {
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
**
** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator.  If the
** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
** order.
**
** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
**
** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
................................................................................
  int p1;
  int p2;
  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int idx;
  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */

  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
  n = pOp->p3;
  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
  assert( n>0 );
  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
  p1 = pOp->p1;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.


*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
................................................................................
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
      VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( ALWAYS(pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){
    pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];
    if( pC->multiPseudo ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pReg+p2, MEM_Ephem);
      Deephemeralize(pDest);
      goto op_column_out;
    }
    assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
    assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
    payloadSize = pReg->n;
    zRec = pReg->z;
    pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
  }else{
................................................................................
    }
  }
  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
  pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
*/
case OP_SorterOpen: {
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
................................................................................
#else
  pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral;
  pc--;
#endif
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
** register P2 when P5==0.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.  When P5==1, then the
** row is represented by P3 consecutive registers beginning with P2.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
**
** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
  pCx->isTable = 1;
  pCx->isIndex = 0;
  pCx->multiPseudo = pOp->p5;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
................................................................................
  i64 v;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
    v = pC->movetoTarget;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){

void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
  void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);

void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
  void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);

  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  Bool isOrdered;       /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  Bool isSorter;        /* True if a new-style sorter */

  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */

  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  Bool isOrdered;       /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  Bool isSorter;        /* True if a new-style sorter */
  Bool multiPseudo;     /* Multi-register pseudo-cursor */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */

/*
** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
  if( p==0 ) return;
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
#endif
  assert( p->zSql==0 );
  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
}

................................................................................
  }
  assert( p->nOp>0 );
  assert( addr<p->nOp );
  if( addr<0 ){
    addr = p->nOp - 1;
  }
  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];

  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
  pOp->p4.p = 0;
  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
................................................................................
      int i, j;
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
        if( pColl ){
          int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
            break;
          }
          zTemp[i++] = ',';
          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
            zTemp[i++] = '-';
          }
          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
          i += n;
        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
          i += 4;
        }
      }
      zTemp[i++] = ')';
      zTemp[i] = 0;
      assert( i<nTemp );
      break;
    }
    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
................................................................................
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}






















/*
** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
**
** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
** again.
**
................................................................................

  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
  */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){

    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
................................................................................
      }
      pAux->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument.


** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
** the database connection.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
  int i;
  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
    pNext = pSub->pNext;
................................................................................
  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain);
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
  db = p->db;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  if( p->pPrev ){
    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
  }
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p);
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**

/*
** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
  if( p==0 ) return;
#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
#endif
  assert( p->zSql==0 );
  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
}

................................................................................
  }
  assert( p->nOp>0 );
  assert( addr<p->nOp );
  if( addr<0 ){
    addr = p->nOp - 1;
  }
  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
  pOp->p4.p = 0;
  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
................................................................................
      int i, j;
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
        const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil";
        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl);
        if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
          break;
        }
        zTemp[i++] = ',';
        if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
          zTemp[i++] = '-';
        }
        memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1);
        i += n;




      }
      zTemp[i++] = ')';
      zTemp[i] = 0;
      assert( i<nTemp );
      break;
    }
    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
................................................................................
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
** invoke it.
*/
static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
    char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
    assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
    if( zExpanded ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
          sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
      );
      sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
    }
  }
}
#else
# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
#endif

/*
** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
**
** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
** again.
**
................................................................................

  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
  */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
................................................................................
      }
      pAux->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
** except for object itself, which is preserved.
**
** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
** the database connection and frees the object itself.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
  int i;
  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
    pNext = pSub->pNext;
................................................................................
  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
  sqlite3_free(p->zExplain);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain);
#endif

}

/*
** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
  db = p->db;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
  if( p->pPrev ){
    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
  }
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**

  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
  if( iBuf==0 ){
    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */

    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
    nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
    if( nRead>p->nBuffer ) nRead = p->nBuffer;



    assert( nRead>0 );

    /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }

  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
  if( iBuf==0 ){
    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */

    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
    if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
      nRead = p->nBuffer;
    }else{
      nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
    }
    assert( nRead>0 );

    /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }

  if( !pVTable ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pVTable->db = db;
  pVTable->pMod = pMod;

  assert( pTab->azModuleArg[1]==0 );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;

  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
  assert( xConstruct );
  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = 0;

  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    if( zErr==0 ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
    }else {
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
      sqlite3_free(zErr);

  if( !pVTable ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pVTable->db = db;
  pVTable->pMod = pMod;


  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;

  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
  assert( xConstruct );
  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;


  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    if( zErr==0 ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
    }else {
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
      sqlite3_free(zErr);

*/
#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}

/*
** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
** are converted into "Y op X".
**
** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right

** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
** is not commuted.
*/
static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
  pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);





  pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
  pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;



  pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;


  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
................................................................................
  
          /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
          ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
          ** value in variable pColl.
          */
          assert(pX->pLeft);
          pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
          assert(pColl || pParse->nErr);
  
          for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
            if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
          }
          if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
        }
        return pTerm;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */

  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return;
  }
  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_IN ){
    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
    }else{
................................................................................
                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
  }
  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
  pTerm->iParent = -1;
  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
    }
    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      WhereTerm *pNew;
................................................................................
        pTerm->nChild = 1;
        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
      }else{
        pDup = pExpr;
        pNew = pTerm;
      }
      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
    }
................................................................................
  ){
    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
    Expr *pNewExpr1;
    Expr *pNewExpr2;
    int idxNew1;
    int idxNew2;
    CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use */

    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
      c = *pC;
................................................................................
        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;   /* EV: R-64339-08207 */


        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
      }
      *pC = c + 1;
    }
    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0);


    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, 
                     sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),

                     pStr1, 0);
    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);

    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
                     sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),

                     pStr2, 0);
    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    if( isComplete ){
      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
){
  int i;
  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];

  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
     && p->iTable==iBase
    ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
        return i;
      }
    }
  }

  return -1;
................................................................................
  ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the
  ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no
  ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx,
  ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    WhereTerm *pTerm;
    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0);
    if( pTerm ){
      Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
      CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
      CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
      if( p1==p2 ) continue;
................................................................................
  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;

  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
  }

  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
  **
  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
................................................................................
    /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */
    return;
  }
  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
    /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
    return;
  }
  if( (p->cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){


    /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
    return;




  }
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){
    /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */
................................................................................
    int isMatch;            /* ORDER BY term matches the index term */
    const char *zColl;      /* Name of collating sequence for i-th index term */
    WhereTerm *pConstraint; /* A constraint in the WHERE clause */

    /* If the next term of the ORDER BY clause refers to anything other than
    ** a column in the "base" table, then this index will not be of any
    ** further use in handling the ORDER BY. */
    pOBExpr = pOBItem->pExpr;
    if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pOBExpr->iTable!=base ){
      break;
    }

    /* Find column number and collating sequence for the next entry
    ** in the index */
    if( pIdx->zName && i<pIdx->nColumn ){
................................................................................
    }

    /* Check to see if the column number and collating sequence of the
    ** index match the column number and collating sequence of the ORDER BY
    ** clause entry.  Set isMatch to 1 if they both match. */
    if( pOBExpr->iColumn==iColumn ){
      if( zColl ){
        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOBExpr);
        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
        isMatch = sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl)==0;
      }else{
        isMatch = 1;
      }
    }else{
      isMatch = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in
** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the 
** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is
** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, 
** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
**
** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table 
** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the 
** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key
** index.
*/
static void bestBtreeIndex(WhereBestIdx *p){
  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;  /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC = p->pWC;  /* The WHERE clause */
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
  tRowcnt aiRowEstPk[2];      /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */
  int aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
  int wsFlagMask;             /* Allowed flags in p->cost.plan.wsFlag */






  /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */
  memset(&p->cost, 0, sizeof(p->cost));
  p->cost.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;

  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
................................................................................
    pProbe = &sPk;
    wsFlagMask = ~(
        WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
    );
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
    pIdx = 0;
  }












  /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use
  */
  for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
    const tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
    WhereCost pc;               /* Cost of using pProbe */
    double log10N = (double)1;  /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */
................................................................................
    **             SELECT a, b    FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    **             SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    */
    int bInEst = 0;               /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
    int nInMul = 1;               /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
    double rangeDiv = (double)1;  /* Estimated reduction in search space */
    int nBound = 0;               /* Number of range constraints seen */
    int bSort;                    /* True if external sort required */
    int bDist;                    /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */
    int bLookup = 0;              /* True if not a covering index */
    int nPriorSat;                /* ORDER BY terms satisfied by outer loops */
    int nOrderBy;                 /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
    WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
    WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0;    /* First term matching the index */
#endif

    WHERETRACE((
      "   %s(%s):\n",
      pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk")
    ));
    memset(&pc, 0, sizeof(pc));
    nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy ? p->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0;
    if( p->i ){
      nPriorSat = pc.plan.nOBSat = p->aLevel[p->i-1].plan.nOBSat;
      bSort = nPriorSat<nOrderBy;
      bDist = 0;
    }else{
      nPriorSat = pc.plan.nOBSat = 0;
      bSort = nOrderBy>0;
      bDist = p->pDistinct!=0;
    }

    /* Determine the values of pc.plan.nEq and nInMul */
    for(pc.plan.nEq=0; pc.plan.nEq<pProbe->nColumn; pc.plan.nEq++){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[pc.plan.nEq];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, p->notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
      pc.plan.wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ);
................................................................................
  ** row of the left table of the join.
  */
  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
  }











#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if(  (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
    /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
    **          to access the data.
    */
    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
................................................................................
        assert( sWBI.pSrc->pIndex==0 
                  || (sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
                  || sWBI.cost.plan.u.pIdx==sWBI.pSrc->pIndex );

        if( isOptimal && (sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
          notIndexed |= m;
        }














        /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far:
        **
        **   (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not
        **       yet run.  (In other words, it must not depend on tables
        **       in inner loops.)
        **
        **   (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless
        **       the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above.
        **
        **   (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an
        **       INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific
        **       index specified by its INDEXED BY clause.  This rule ensures
        **       that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible
        **       combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given.  The error
        **       will be detected and relayed back to the application later.
................................................................................
        **       The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents
        **       An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3).
        **
        **   (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans, where "cost"
        **       is defined by the compareCost() function above. 
        */
        if( (sWBI.cost.used&sWBI.notValid)==0                    /* (1) */
            && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0                     /* (2) */
                || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
                || (sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)
            && (nUnconstrained==0 || sWBI.pSrc->pIndex==0        /* (3) */
                || NEVER((sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0))
            && (bestJ<0 || compareCost(&sWBI.cost, &bestPlan))   /* (4) */
        ){
          WHERETRACE(("   === table %d (%s) is best so far\n"
                      "       cost=%.1f, nRow=%.1f, nOBSat=%d, wsFlags=%08x\n",
                      j, sWBI.pSrc->pTab->zName,
................................................................................
      /* Do nothing */
    }else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);


    }else
#endif
    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
      testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );

*/
#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}

/*
** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
** are converted into "Y op X".
**
** If left/right precendence rules come into play when determining the
** collating
** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
** "X op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
** is not commuted.
*/
static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
  if( expRight==expLeft ){
    /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
    if( expRight ){
      /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators.  Make sure X is always
      ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
      pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
    }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){


      /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
      ** collating sequence.  So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
      ** it to be searched first. */
      pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
    }
  }
  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
................................................................................
  
          /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
          ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
          ** value in variable pColl.
          */
          assert(pX->pLeft);
          pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
          if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
  
          for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
            if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
          }
          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
        }
        return pTerm;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */

  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return;
  }
  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr);
  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_IN ){
    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
    }else{
................................................................................
                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
  }
  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
  pTerm->iParent = -1;
  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
    Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
    Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
    }
    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      WhereTerm *pNew;
................................................................................
        pTerm->nChild = 1;
        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
      }else{
        pDup = pExpr;
        pNew = pTerm;
      }
      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
      pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft);
      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
    }
................................................................................
  ){
    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
    Expr *pNewExpr1;
    Expr *pNewExpr2;
    int idxNew1;
    int idxNew2;
    Token sCollSeqName;  /* Name of collating sequence */

    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
      c = *pC;
................................................................................
        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;   /* EV: R-64339-08207 */


        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
      }
      *pC = c + 1;
    }
    sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
    sCollSeqName.n = 6;
    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, 

           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName),
           pStr1, 0);
    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,

           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName),
           pStr2, 0);
    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    if( isComplete ){
      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
){
  int i;
  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];

  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
     && p->iTable==iBase
    ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
        return i;
      }
    }
  }

  return -1;
................................................................................
  ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the
  ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no
  ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx,
  ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    WhereTerm *pTerm;
    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0);
    if( pTerm ){
      Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
      CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
      CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
      if( p1==p2 ) continue;
................................................................................
  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;

  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
  }

  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
  **
  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
................................................................................
    /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */
    return;
  }
  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
    /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
    return;
  }
  if( (p->cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0
   && (p->cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_COVER_SCAN)==0
  ){
    /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->viaCoroutine ){
    /* Cannot index a co-routine */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){
    /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */
................................................................................
    int isMatch;            /* ORDER BY term matches the index term */
    const char *zColl;      /* Name of collating sequence for i-th index term */
    WhereTerm *pConstraint; /* A constraint in the WHERE clause */

    /* If the next term of the ORDER BY clause refers to anything other than
    ** a column in the "base" table, then this index will not be of any
    ** further use in handling the ORDER BY. */
    pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOBItem->pExpr);
    if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pOBExpr->iTable!=base ){
      break;
    }

    /* Find column number and collating sequence for the next entry
    ** in the index */
    if( pIdx->zName && i<pIdx->nColumn ){
................................................................................
    }

    /* Check to see if the column number and collating sequence of the
    ** index match the column number and collating sequence of the ORDER BY
    ** clause entry.  Set isMatch to 1 if they both match. */
    if( pOBExpr->iColumn==iColumn ){
      if( zColl ){
        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOBItem->pExpr);
        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
        isMatch = sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl)==0;
      }else{
        isMatch = 1;
      }
    }else{
      isMatch = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in
** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the 
** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is
** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, 
** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
**
** If a NOT INDEXED clause was attached to the table 
** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the 
** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key
** index.
*/
static void bestBtreeIndex(WhereBestIdx *p){
  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;  /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC = p->pWC;  /* The WHERE clause */
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
  tRowcnt aiRowEstPk[2];      /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */
  int aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
  int wsFlagMask;             /* Allowed flags in p->cost.plan.wsFlag */
  int nPriorSat;              /* ORDER BY terms satisfied by outer loops */
  int nOrderBy;               /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
  char bSortInit;             /* Initializer for bSort in inner loop */
  char bDistInit;             /* Initializer for bDist in inner loop */


  /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */
  memset(&p->cost, 0, sizeof(p->cost));
  p->cost.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;

  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
................................................................................
    pProbe = &sPk;
    wsFlagMask = ~(
        WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
    );
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
    pIdx = 0;
  }

  nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy ? p->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0;
  if( p->i ){
    nPriorSat = p->aLevel[p->i-1].plan.nOBSat;
    bSortInit = nPriorSat<nOrderBy;
    bDistInit = 0;
  }else{
    nPriorSat = 0;
    bSortInit = nOrderBy>0;
    bDistInit = p->pDistinct!=0;
  }

  /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use
  */
  for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
    const tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
    WhereCost pc;               /* Cost of using pProbe */
    double log10N = (double)1;  /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */
................................................................................
    **             SELECT a, b    FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    **             SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    */
    int bInEst = 0;               /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
    int nInMul = 1;               /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
    double rangeDiv = (double)1;  /* Estimated reduction in search space */
    int nBound = 0;               /* Number of range constraints seen */
    char bSort = bSortInit;       /* True if external sort required */
    char bDist = bDistInit;       /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */
    char bLookup = 0;             /* True if not a covering index */


    WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
    WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0;    /* First term matching the index */
#endif

    WHERETRACE((
      "   %s(%s):\n",
      pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk")
    ));
    memset(&pc, 0, sizeof(pc));






    pc.plan.nOBSat = nPriorSat;




    /* Determine the values of pc.plan.nEq and nInMul */
    for(pc.plan.nEq=0; pc.plan.nEq<pProbe->nColumn; pc.plan.nEq++){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[pc.plan.nEq];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, p->notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
      pc.plan.wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ);
................................................................................
  ** row of the left table of the join.
  */
  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
  }

  /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
  if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){
    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTabItem->addrFillSub-1, regYield);
    pLevel->p2 =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield);
    VdbeComment((v, "next row of co-routine %s", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regYield+1, addrBrk);
    pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
  }else

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if(  (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
    /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
    **          to access the data.
    */
    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
................................................................................
        assert( sWBI.pSrc->pIndex==0 
                  || (sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
                  || sWBI.cost.plan.u.pIdx==sWBI.pSrc->pIndex );

        if( isOptimal && (sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
          notIndexed |= m;
        }
        if( isOptimal ){
          pWInfo->a[j].rOptCost = sWBI.cost.rCost;
        }else if( iFrom<nTabList-1 ){
          /* If two or more tables have nearly the same outer loop cost,
          ** very different inner loop (optimal) cost, we want to choose
          ** for the outer loop that table which benefits the least from
          ** being in the inner loop.  The following code scales the 
          ** outer loop cost estimate to accomplish that. */
          WHERETRACE(("   scaling cost from %.1f to %.1f\n",
                      sWBI.cost.rCost,
                      sWBI.cost.rCost/pWInfo->a[j].rOptCost));
          sWBI.cost.rCost /= pWInfo->a[j].rOptCost;
        }

        /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far:
        **
        **   (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not
        **       yet run.  (In other words, it must not depend on tables
        **       in inner loops.)
        **
        **   (2) (This rule was removed on 2012-11-09.  The scaling of the
        **       cost using the optimal scan cost made this rule obsolete.)
        **
        **   (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an
        **       INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific
        **       index specified by its INDEXED BY clause.  This rule ensures
        **       that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible
        **       combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given.  The error
        **       will be detected and relayed back to the application later.
................................................................................
        **       The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents
        **       An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3).
        **
        **   (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans, where "cost"
        **       is defined by the compareCost() function above. 
        */
        if( (sWBI.cost.used&sWBI.notValid)==0                    /* (1) */



            && (nUnconstrained==0 || sWBI.pSrc->pIndex==0        /* (3) */
                || NEVER((sWBI.cost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0))
            && (bestJ<0 || compareCost(&sWBI.cost, &bestPlan))   /* (4) */
        ){
          WHERETRACE(("   === table %d (%s) is best so far\n"
                      "       cost=%.1f, nRow=%.1f, nOBSat=%d, wsFlags=%08x\n",
                      j, sWBI.pSrc->pTab->zName,
................................................................................
      /* Do nothing */
    }else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      /* noop */
    }else
#endif
    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
      testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );

    REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(2,99,999,9999);
    SELECT (SELECT GROUP_CONCAT(CASE WHEN a1=1 THEN'A' ELSE 'B' END) FROM t2),
            t1.* 
    FROM t1;
  }
} {A,B,B 3 33 333 3333}
db2 close

































































































































































finish_test

    REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(2,99,999,9999);
    SELECT (SELECT GROUP_CONCAT(CASE WHEN a1=1 THEN'A' ELSE 'B' END) FROM t2),
            t1.* 
    FROM t1;
  }
} {A,B,B 3 33 333 3333}
db2 close

##################### Test cases for ticket [bfbf38e5e9956ac69f] ############
#
# This first test case is the original problem report:
do_test aggnested-3.0 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE AAA (
      aaa_id       INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT
    );
    CREATE TABLE RRR (
      rrr_id      INTEGER     PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT,
      rrr_date    INTEGER     NOT NULL,
      rrr_aaa     INTEGER
    );
    CREATE TABLE TTT (
      ttt_id      INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT,
      target_aaa  INTEGER NOT NULL,
      source_aaa  INTEGER NOT NULL
    );
    insert into AAA (aaa_id) values (2);
    insert into TTT (ttt_id, target_aaa, source_aaa)
    values (4469, 2, 2);
    insert into TTT (ttt_id, target_aaa, source_aaa)
    values (4476, 2, 1);
    insert into RRR (rrr_id, rrr_date, rrr_aaa)
    values (0, 0, NULL);
    insert into RRR (rrr_id, rrr_date, rrr_aaa)
    values (2, 4312, 2);
    SELECT i.aaa_id,
      (SELECT sum(CASE WHEN (t.source_aaa == i.aaa_id) THEN 1 ELSE 0 END)
         FROM TTT t
      ) AS segfault
    FROM
     (SELECT curr.rrr_aaa as aaa_id
        FROM RRR curr
          -- you also can comment out the next line
          -- it causes segfault to happen after one row is outputted
          INNER JOIN AAA a ON (curr.rrr_aaa = aaa_id)
          LEFT JOIN RRR r ON (r.rrr_id <> 0 AND r.rrr_date < curr.rrr_date)
       GROUP BY curr.rrr_id
      HAVING r.rrr_date IS NULL
    ) i;
  }
} {2 1}

# Further variants of the test case, as found in the ticket
#
do_test aggnested-3.1 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1 (
      id1 INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT,
      value1 INTEGER
    );
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,2),(4476,1);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (
      id2 INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT,
      value2 INTEGER
    );
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(0,1),(2,2);
    SELECT
     (SELECT sum(value2==xyz) FROM t2)
    FROM
     (SELECT curr.value1 as xyz
        FROM t1 AS curr LEFT JOIN t1 AS other
       GROUP BY curr.id1);
  }
} {1 1}
do_test aggnested-3.2 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1 (
      id1 INTEGER,
      value1 INTEGER,
      x1 INTEGER
    );
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,2,98),(4469,1,99),(4469,3,97);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (
      value2 INTEGER
    );
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1);
    SELECT
     (SELECT sum(value2==xyz) FROM t2)
    FROM
     (SELECT value1 as xyz, max(x1) AS pqr
        FROM t1
       GROUP BY id1);
  }
} {0}
do_test aggnested-3.3 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1(id1, value1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,2),(4469,1);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (value2);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1);
    SELECT (SELECT sum(value2=value1) FROM t2), max(value1)
      FROM t1
     GROUP BY id1;
  }
} {0 2}

# A batch of queries all doing approximately the same operation involving
# two nested aggregate queries.
#
do_test aggnested-3.11 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1(id1, value1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,12),(4469,11),(4470,34);
    CREATE INDEX t1id1 ON t1(id1);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (value2);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(12),(34),(34);
    INSERT INTO t2 SELECT value2 FROM t2;

    SELECT max(value1), (SELECT count(*) FROM t2 WHERE value2=max(value1))
      FROM t1
     GROUP BY id1;
  }
} {12 2 34 4}
do_test aggnested-3.12 {
  db eval {
    SELECT max(value1), (SELECT count(*) FROM t2 WHERE value2=value1)
      FROM t1
     GROUP BY id1;
  }
} {12 2 34 4}
do_test aggnested-3.13 {
  db eval {
    SELECT value1, (SELECT sum(value2=value1) FROM t2)
      FROM t1;
  }
} {12 2 11 0 34 4}
do_test aggnested-3.14 {
  db eval {
    SELECT value1, (SELECT sum(value2=value1) FROM t2)
      FROM t1
     WHERE value1 IN (SELECT max(value1) FROM t1 GROUP BY id1);
  }
} {12 2 34 4}
do_test aggnested-3.15 {
  # FIXME:  If case 3.16 works, then this case really ought to work too...
  catchsql {
    SELECT max(value1), (SELECT sum(value2=max(value1)) FROM t2)
      FROM t1
     GROUP BY id1;
  }
} {1 {misuse of aggregate function max()}}
do_test aggnested-3.16 {
  db eval {
    SELECT max(value1), (SELECT sum(value2=value1) FROM t2)
      FROM t1
     GROUP BY id1;
  }
} {12 2 34 4}
 

finish_test

# Test that if the source is zero bytes, the destination database 
# consists of a single page only.
#
do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
}

do_test 2.2 { file size test.db } 3072

do_test 2.3 {
  sqlite3 db1 test.db2
  db1 backup test.db
  db1 close
  file size test.db
} {1024}
................................................................................
# of a single page.
#
do_execsql_test 3.1 {
  PRAGMA page_size = 4096;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
}

do_test 3.2 { file size test.db } 12288

do_test 3.3 {
  sqlite3 db1 test.db2
  db1 backup test.db
  db1 close
  file size test.db
} {1024}

do_test 3.4 { file size test.db2 } 0

finish_test

# Test that if the source is zero bytes, the destination database 
# consists of a single page only.
#
do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
}

do_test 2.2 { file size test.db } [expr $AUTOVACUUM ? 4096 : 3072]

do_test 2.3 {
  sqlite3 db1 test.db2
  db1 backup test.db
  db1 close
  file size test.db
} {1024}
................................................................................
# of a single page.
#
do_execsql_test 3.1 {
  PRAGMA page_size = 4096;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
}

do_test 3.2 { file size test.db } [expr $AUTOVACUUM ? 16384 : 12288]

do_test 3.3 {
  sqlite3 db1 test.db2
  db1 backup test.db
  db1 close
  file size test.db
} {1024}

do_test 3.4 { file size test.db2 } 0

finish_test

} {}
do_test collate1-1.1 {
  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {{} 0x119 0x2D}
do_test collate1-1.2 {

  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE hex;
  }
} {{} 0x2D 0x119}
do_test collate1-1.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE hex DESC;

} {}
do_test collate1-1.1 {
  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {{} 0x119 0x2D}
do_test collate1-1.2 {
breakpoint
  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE hex;
  }
} {{} 0x2D 0x119}
do_test collate1-1.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT c2 FROM collate1t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE hex DESC;

#
#***********************************************************************
#
# $Id: crash7.test,v 1.1 2008/04/03 14:36:26 danielk1977 Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


ifcapable !crashtest {
  finish_test
  return
}

proc signature {} {
................................................................................
       "
    } {1 {child process exited abnormally}}
  
    sqlite3 db test.db
    integrity_check crash7-1.$ii.integrity
  } 
}


































finish_test

#
#***********************************************************************
#
# $Id: crash7.test,v 1.1 2008/04/03 14:36:26 danielk1977 Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix crash7

ifcapable !crashtest {
  finish_test
  return
}

proc signature {} {
................................................................................
       "
    } {1 {child process exited abnormally}}
  
    sqlite3 db test.db
    integrity_check crash7-1.$ii.integrity
  } 
}

db close
forcedelete test.db
sqlite3 db test.db
do_execsql_test 2.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, UNIQUE(a, b));
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(randomblob(100), randomblob(100));
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT randomblob(100), randomblob(100) FROM t1;
  DELETE FROM t1 WHERE rowid%2;
}
db_save_and_close

for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
  db_restore_and_reopen
  do_test 2.[expr $i+1].1 {
    crashsql -file test.db -seed $i {VACUUM}
  } {1 {child process exited abnormally}}
  do_execsql_test 2.[expr $i+1].2 { PRAGMA integrity_check } {ok}
}


finish_test

  2   "b, a FROM t1"                                       {}      {B A b a}
  3   "a, b, c FROM t1"                                    {hash}  {a b c A B C}
  4   "a, b, c FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c"                   {btree} {A B C a b c}
  5   "b FROM t1 WHERE a = 'a'"                            {}      {b}
  6   "b FROM t1"                                          {hash}  {b B}
  7   "a FROM t1"                                          {}      {A a}
  8   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1"                           {}      {b}
  9   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1 ORDER BY b COLLATE nocase" {}      {B}
} {
  do_execsql_test    2.$tn.1 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $res
  do_temptables_test 2.$tn.2 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $temptables
}

do_execsql_test 2.A {
  SELECT (SELECT DISTINCT o.a FROM t1 AS i) FROM t1 AS o ORDER BY rowid;

  2   "b, a FROM t1"                                       {}      {B A b a}
  3   "a, b, c FROM t1"                                    {hash}  {a b c A B C}
  4   "a, b, c FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c"                   {btree} {A B C a b c}
  5   "b FROM t1 WHERE a = 'a'"                            {}      {b}
  6   "b FROM t1"                                          {hash}  {b B}
  7   "a FROM t1"                                          {}      {A a}
  8   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1"                           {}      {b}
  9   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1 ORDER BY b COLLATE nocase" {}      {b}
} {
  do_execsql_test    2.$tn.1 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $res
  do_temptables_test 2.$tn.2 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $temptables
}

do_execsql_test 2.A {
  SELECT (SELECT DISTINCT o.a FROM t1 AS i) FROM t1 AS o ORDER BY rowid;

    82  "INSERT OR IGNORE   INTO a1      (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
    83  "REPLACE            INTO a1      (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
    84  "REPLACE            INTO main.a1 (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
}

delete_all_data

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-20288-20462 The first form (with the "VALUES" keyword)
# creates a single new row in an existing table.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.1 {
    0    "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {0}

    1a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1, 2, 3)"    {}
    1b   "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {1}

    2a   "INSERT INTO a2(a, b) VALUES(1, 2)" {}
    2b   "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {2}
}




# EVIDENCE-OF: R-36040-20870 If no column-list is specified then the

# number of values must be the same as the number of columns in the
# table.
#
#   A test in the block above verifies that if the VALUES list has the
#   correct number of columns (for table a2, 3 columns) works. So these
#   tests just show that other values cause an error.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.2 -error { 
  table %s has %d columns but %d values were supplied
................................................................................
} {
    1    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1)"         {a2 3 1}
    2    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2)"       {a2 3 2}
    3    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2,3,4)"   {a2 3 4}
    4    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2,3,4,5)" {a2 3 5}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-04006-57648 In this case the result of evaluating the
# left-most expression in the VALUES list is inserted into the left-most
# column of the new row, and so on.

#
delete_all_data
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.3 {
    1a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1, 2, 3)"    {}
    1b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {1 2 3}

    2a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES('abc', NULL, 3*3+1)"      {}
    2b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {abc {} 10}

    3a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES((SELECT count(*) FROM a2), 'x', 'y')" {}
    3b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {2 x y}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-62524-00361 If a column-list is specified, then the

# number of values must match the number of specified columns.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.4 -error { 
  %d values for %d columns
} {
    1    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1)"         {1 3}
    2    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1,2)"       {2 3}
    3    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1,2,3,4)"   {4 3}

    82  "INSERT OR IGNORE   INTO a1      (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
    83  "REPLACE            INTO a1      (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
    84  "REPLACE            INTO main.a1 (b, a) VALUES(1, 2),(3,4)"   {}
}

delete_all_data

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-21490-41092 The first form (with the "VALUES" keyword)
# creates one or more new rows in an existing table.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.1 {
    0    "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {0}

    1a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1, 2, 3)"    {}
    1b   "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {1}

    2a   "INSERT INTO a2(a, b) VALUES(1, 2)" {}
    2b   "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {2}

    3a   "INSERT INTO a2(a) VALUES(3),(4)"   {}
    3b   "SELECT count(*) FROM a2"           {4}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-53616-44976 If no column-list is specified then the
# number of values inserted into each row must be the same as the number
# of columns in the table.

#
#   A test in the block above verifies that if the VALUES list has the
#   correct number of columns (for table a2, 3 columns) works. So these
#   tests just show that other values cause an error.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.2 -error { 
  table %s has %d columns but %d values were supplied
................................................................................
} {
    1    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1)"         {a2 3 1}
    2    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2)"       {a2 3 2}
    3    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2,3,4)"   {a2 3 4}
    4    "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1,2,3,4,5)" {a2 3 5}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-34231-22576 In this case the result of evaluating the
# left-most expression in each term of the VALUES list is inserted into
# the left-most column of the each new row, and forth for each
# subsequent expression.
#
delete_all_data
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.3 {
    1a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES(1, 2, 3)"    {}
    1b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {1 2 3}

    2a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES('abc', NULL, 3*3+1)"      {}
    2b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {abc {} 10}

    3a   "INSERT INTO a2 VALUES((SELECT count(*) FROM a2), 'x', 'y')" {}
    3b   "SELECT * FROM a2 WHERE oid=last_insert_rowid()" {2 x y}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-44710-64652 If a column-list is specified, then the
# number of values in each term of the VALUS list must match the number
# of specified columns.
#
do_insert_tests e_insert-1.4 -error { 
  %d values for %d columns
} {
    1    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1)"         {1 3}
    2    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1,2)"       {2 3}
    3    "INSERT INTO a2(a, b, c) VALUES(1,2,3,4)"   {4 3}

  7    {file:test.db?mode=memory} {not an error}
  8    {file:test.db?mode=MEMORY} {no such access mode: MEMORY}
" {
  do_test 7.$tn { open_uri_error $uri } $error
}


# EVIDENCE-OF: R-09651-31805 If "ro" is specified, then the database is
# opened for read-only access, just as if the SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY flag
# had been set in the third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2().
#
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-40137-26050 If the mode option is set to "rw", then the
# database is opened for read-write (but not create) access, as if
# SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had been set.
#
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-26845-32976 Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
# SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.

  7    {file:test.db?mode=memory} {not an error}
  8    {file:test.db?mode=MEMORY} {no such access mode: MEMORY}
" {
  do_test 7.$tn { open_uri_error $uri } $error
}


# EVIDENCE-OF: R-43036-46756 If "ro" is specified, then the database is
# opened for read-only access, just as if the SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY flag
# had been set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2().
#
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-40137-26050 If the mode option is set to "rw", then the
# database is opened for read-write (but not create) access, as if
# SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had been set.
#
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-26845-32976 Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
# SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.

  file_control_lasterrno_test db
} {}
do_test filectrl-1.5 {
  db close
  sqlite3 db test_control_lockproxy.db
  file_control_lockproxy_test db [get_pwd]
} {}






db close
forcedelete .test_control_lockproxy.db-conch test.proxy
finish_test

  file_control_lasterrno_test db
} {}
do_test filectrl-1.5 {
  db close
  sqlite3 db test_control_lockproxy.db
  file_control_lockproxy_test db [get_pwd]
} {}
do_test filectrl-1.6 {
  sqlite3 db test.db
  set fn [file_control_tempfilename db]
  puts -nonewline \[$fn\]
  set fn
} {/etilqs_/}
db close
forcedelete .test_control_lockproxy.db-conch test.proxy
finish_test

    INSERT INTO t1(docid, x) VALUES(1, 'a b c');
    REPLACE INTO t1(docid, x) VALUES('zero', 'd e f');
} {1 {datatype mismatch}}
do_execsql_test 2.2.2 { COMMIT }
do_execsql_test 2.2.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 } {{a b c} {a b c}}
fts3_integrity 2.2.4 db t1











































finish_test

    INSERT INTO t1(docid, x) VALUES(1, 'a b c');
    REPLACE INTO t1(docid, x) VALUES('zero', 'd e f');
} {1 {datatype mismatch}}
do_execsql_test 2.2.2 { COMMIT }
do_execsql_test 2.2.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 } {{a b c} {a b c}}
fts3_integrity 2.2.4 db t1

do_execsql_test 3.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING fts4;
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (1, 'one two');
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'one'
} {X'0100000002000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.2 {
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (2, 'one two three four');
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'four'
} {X'0200000003000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.3 {
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (1, 'one two three four five six');
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'six'
} {X'0200000005000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.4 {
  UPDATE OR REPLACE t3 SET docid = 2 WHERE docid=1;
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'six'
} {X'0100000006000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.5 {
  UPDATE OR REPLACE t3 SET docid = 3 WHERE docid=2;
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'six'
} {X'0100000006000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.6 {
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (3, 'one two');
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'one'
} {X'0100000002000000'}

do_execsql_test 3.7 {
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (NULL, 'one two three four');
  REPLACE INTO t3(docid, content) VALUES (NULL, 'one two three four five six');
  SELECT docid FROM t3;
} {3 4 5}

do_execsql_test 3.8 {
  UPDATE OR REPLACE t3 SET docid = 5, content='three four' WHERE docid = 4;
  SELECT quote(matchinfo(t3, 'na')) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'one'
} {X'0200000002000000'}

finish_test

  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t11, 'nxa')) FROM t11 WHERE t11 MATCH 'a*'
} {1 {database disk image is malformed}}

do_execsql_test  8.4.3.1 { UPDATE t11_stat SET value = NULL; }
do_catchsql_test 8.5.3.2 {
  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t11, 'nxa')) FROM t11 WHERE t11 MATCH 'a*'
} {1 {database disk image is malformed}}




















finish_test

  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t11, 'nxa')) FROM t11 WHERE t11 MATCH 'a*'
} {1 {database disk image is malformed}}

do_execsql_test  8.4.3.1 { UPDATE t11_stat SET value = NULL; }
do_catchsql_test 8.5.3.2 {
  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t11, 'nxa')) FROM t11 WHERE t11 MATCH 'a*'
} {1 {database disk image is malformed}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
do_execsql_test 8.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t12 USING fts4;
  INSERT INTO t12 VALUES('a b c d');
  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t12, 'x')) FROM t12 WHERE t12 MATCH 'a NEAR/1 d OR a';
} {{0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1}}
do_execsql_test 8.2 {
  INSERT INTO t12 VALUES('a d c d');
  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t12, 'x')) FROM t12 WHERE t12 MATCH 'a NEAR/1 d OR a';
} {
  {0 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 2} {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2}
}
do_execsql_test 8.3 {
  INSERT INTO t12 VALUES('a d d a');
  SELECT mit(matchinfo(t12, 'x')) FROM t12 WHERE t12 MATCH 'a NEAR/1 d OR a';
} {
  {0 3 2 0 3 2 1 4 3} {1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3} {2 3 2 2 3 2 2 4 3}
}

finish_test

# 2012 October 24
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the built-in INSTR() functions.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

# Create a table to work with.
#
do_test instr-1.1 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','a');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.2 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','b');}
} {2}
do_test instr-1.3 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','c');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.4 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','d');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.5 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','e');}
} {5}
do_test instr-1.6 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','f');}
} {6}
do_test instr-1.7 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','g');}
} {7}
do_test instr-1.8 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','h');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.9 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','abcdefg');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.10 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','abcdefgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.11 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','bcdefg');}
} {2}
do_test instr-1.12 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','bcdefgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.13 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','cdefg');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.14 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','cdefgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.15 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','defg');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.16 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','defgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.17 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','efg');}
} {5}
do_test instr-1.18 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','efgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.19 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','fg');}
} {6}
do_test instr-1.20 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','fgh');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.21 {
  db eval {SELECT coalesce(instr('abcdefg',NULL),'nil');}
} {nil}
do_test instr-1.22 {
  db eval {SELECT coalesce(instr(NULL,'x'),'nil');}
} {nil}
do_test instr-1.23 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(12345,34);}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.24 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(123456.78,34);}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.25 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(123456.78,x'3334');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.26 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('äbcdefg','efg');}
} {5}
do_test instr-1.27 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('€xyzzy','xyz');}
} {2}
do_test instr-1.28 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abc€xyzzy','xyz');}
} {5}
do_test instr-1.29 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abc€xyzzy','€xyz');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.30 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abc€xyzzy','c€xyz');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.31 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'01');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.32 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'02');}
} {2}
do_test instr-1.33 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'03');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.34 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'04');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.35 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'05');}
} {5}
do_test instr-1.36 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'06');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.37 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'0102030405');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.38 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'02030405');}
} {2}
do_test instr-1.39 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'030405');}
} {3}
do_test instr-1.40 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'0405');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.41 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'0506');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.42 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'0102030405',x'');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.43 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'',x'');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.44 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('','');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.45 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('abcdefg','');}
} {1}
unset -nocomplain longstr
set longstr abcdefghijklmonpqrstuvwxyz
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
append longstr $longstr
# puts [string length $longstr]
append longstr Xabcde
do_test instr-1.46 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'X');}
} {106497}
do_test instr-1.47 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'Y');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.48 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'Xa');}
} {106497}
do_test instr-1.49 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'zXa');}
} {106496}
set longstr [string map {a ä} $longstr]
do_test instr-1.50 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'X');}
} {106497}
do_test instr-1.51 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'Y');}
} {0}
do_test instr-1.52 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'Xä');}
} {106497}
do_test instr-1.53 {
  db eval {SELECT instr($longstr,'zXä');}
} {106496}
do_test instr-1.54 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'78c3a4e282ac79','x');}
} {1}
do_test instr-1.55 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'78c3a4e282ac79','y');}
} {4}
do_test instr-1.56 {
  db eval {SELECT instr(x'78c3a4e282ac79',x'79');}
} {7}
do_test instr-1.57 {
  db eval {SELECT instr('xä€y',x'79');}
} {4}


finish_test

for {set i 1} {$i<$max_count-5} {incr i 1} {
  do_test interrupt-4.$i.1 {
    set ::sqlite_interrupt_count $::i
    catchsql $sql
  } {1 interrupted}
}



# Interrupt during parsing
#
do_test interrupt-5.1 {
  proc fake_interrupt {args} {
    db collate fake_collation no-op
    sqlite3_interrupt db
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db collation_needed fake_interrupt
  catchsql {
    CREATE INDEX fake ON fake1(a COLLATE fake_collation, b, c DESC);
  }
} {1 interrupt}

finish_test

for {set i 1} {$i<$max_count-5} {incr i 1} {
  do_test interrupt-4.$i.1 {
    set ::sqlite_interrupt_count $::i
    catchsql $sql
  } {1 interrupted}
}

if {0} {  # This doesn't work anymore since the collation factor is
          # no longer called during schema parsing.
# Interrupt during parsing
#
do_test interrupt-5.1 {
  proc fake_interrupt {args} {
    db collate fake_collation no-op
    sqlite3_interrupt db
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db collation_needed fake_interrupt
  catchsql {
    CREATE INDEX fake ON fake1(a COLLATE fake_collation, b, c DESC);
  }
} {1 interrupt}
}
finish_test

#
if {!$MEMDEBUG} {
   puts "Skipping malloc3 tests: not compiled with -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG..."
   finish_test
   return
}



















#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# NOTES ON RECOVERING FROM A MALLOC FAILURE
# 
# The tests in this file test the behaviours described in the following
# paragraphs. These tests test the behaviour of the system when malloc() fails
# inside of a call to _prepare(), _step(), _finalize() or _reset(). The
# handling of malloc() failures within ancillary procedures is tested
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------


# These procs are used to build up a "program" in global variable
# ::run_test_script. At the end of this file, the proc [run_test] is used
# to execute the program (and all test cases contained therein).
#

set ::run_test_script [list]
proc TEST {id t} {lappend ::run_test_script -test [list $id $t]}
proc PREP {p} {lappend ::run_test_script -prep [string trim $p]}
proc DEBUG {s} {lappend ::run_test_script -debug $s}

# SQL --
#
................................................................................
#
# Add an 'SQL' primitive to the program (see notes above). If the -norollback
# switch is present, then the statement is not allowed to automatically roll
# back any active transaction if malloc() fails. It must rollback the statement
# transaction only.
#
proc SQL  {a1 {a2 ""}} {
  # An SQL primitive parameter is a list of two elements, a boolean value
  # indicating if the statement may cause transaction rollback when malloc()
  # fails, and the sql statement itself.

  if {$a2 == ""} {
    lappend ::run_test_script -sql [list true [string trim $a1]]
  } else {
    lappend ::run_test_script -sql [list false [string trim $a2]]
  }
}

# TEST_AUTOCOMMIT --
# 
#     A shorthand test to see if a transaction is active or not. The first
#     argument - $id - is the integer number of the test case. The second
................................................................................
    }
  } {abc abc abc_i abc abc_t abc abc_v abc_v 1 2 3}
}

set sql {
  BEGIN;DELETE FROM abc;
}
for {set i 1} {$i < 15} {incr i} {
  set a $i
  set b "String value $i"
  set c [string repeat X $i]
  append sql "INSERT INTO abc VALUES ($a, '$b', '$c');"
}
append sql {COMMIT;}
PREP $sql
................................................................................

proc run_test {arglist iRepeat {pcstart 0} {iFailStart 1}} {
  if {[llength $arglist] %2} {
    error "Uneven number of arguments to TEST"
  }

  for {set i 0} {$i < $pcstart} {incr i} {
    set k2 [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $i]]
    set v2 [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $i + 1]]
    set ac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]        ;# Auto-Commit
    switch -- $k2 {
      -sql  {db eval [lindex $v2 1]}
      -prep {db eval $v2}

    }
    set nac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]       ;# New Auto-Commit 
    if {$ac && !$nac} {set begin_pc $i}
  }

  db rollback_hook [list incr ::rollback_hook_count]

  set iFail $iFailStart
  set pc $pcstart
  while {$pc*2 < [llength $arglist]} {




    # Id of this iteration:
    set k [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $pc]]
    set iterid "pc=$pc.iFail=$iFail$k"
    set v [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $pc + 1]]

    switch -- $k {

      -test { 
        foreach {id script} $v {}


        incr pc
      }

      -sql {
        set ::rollback_hook_count 0




        set ac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]        ;# Auto-Commit
        sqlite3_memdebug_fail $iFail -repeat 0
        set rc [catch {db eval [lindex $v 1]} msg]   ;# True error occurs
        set nac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]       ;# New Auto-Commit 

        if {$rc != 0 && $nac && !$ac} {
          # Before [db eval] the auto-commit flag was clear. Now it
          # is set. Since an error occured we assume this was not a
          # commit - therefore a rollback occured. Check that the
          # rollback-hook was invoked.
          do_test malloc3-rollback_hook.$iterid {
            set ::rollback_hook_count
          } {1}
        }

        set nFail [sqlite3_memdebug_fail -1 -benigncnt nBenign]
        if {$rc == 0} {
            # Successful execution of sql. The number of failed malloc()
            # calls should be equal to the number of benign failures.
            # Otherwise a malloc() failed and the error was not reported.
            # 
            if {$nFail!=$nBenign} {

              error "Unreported malloc() failure"
            }

            if {$ac && !$nac} {
              # Before the [db eval] the auto-commit flag was set, now it
              # is clear. We can deduce that a "BEGIN" statement has just
              # been successfully executed.
              set begin_pc $pc
            } 

            incr pc
            set iFail 1
            integrity_check "malloc3-(integrity).$iterid"
        } elseif {[regexp {.*out of memory} $msg] || [db errorcode] == 3082} {
            # Out of memory error, as expected.
            #
            integrity_check "malloc3-(integrity).$iterid"
            incr iFail
            if {$nac && !$ac} {

              if {![lindex $v 0] && [db errorcode] != 3082} {
                # error "Statement \"[lindex $v 1]\" caused a rollback"
              }

              for {set i $begin_pc} {$i < $pc} {incr i} {
                set k2 [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $i]]
                set v2 [lindex $arglist [expr 2 * $i + 1]]
                set catchupsql ""
                switch -- $k2 {
                  -sql  {set catchupsql [lindex $v2 1]}
                  -prep {set catchupsql $v2}
                }
                db eval $catchupsql
              }
            }
        } else {
            error $msg
        }


        while {[lindex $arglist [expr 2 * ($pc -1)]] == "-test"} {
          incr pc -1
        }
      }

      -prep {
        db eval $v
        incr pc
................................................................................
      }

      default { error "Unknown switch: $k" }
    }
  }
}

# Turn of the Tcl interface's prepared statement caching facility. Then
# run the tests with "persistent" malloc failures.
sqlite3_extended_result_codes db 1
db cache size 0
run_test $::run_test_script 1

# Close and reopen the db.
db close

#
if {!$MEMDEBUG} {
   puts "Skipping malloc3 tests: not compiled with -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG..."
   finish_test
   return
}


# Do not run these tests with an in-memory journal.
#
# In the pager layer, if an IO or OOM error occurs during a ROLLBACK, or
# when flushing a page to disk due to cache-stress, the pager enters an
# "error state". The only way out of the error state is to unlock the
# database file and end the transaction, leaving whatever journal and
# database files happen to be on disk in place. The next time the current
# (or any other) connection opens a read transaction, hot-journal rollback
# is performed if necessary.
#
# Of course, this doesn't work with an in-memory journal.
#
if {[permutation]=="inmemory_journal"} {
  finish_test
  return
}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# NOTES ON RECOVERING FROM A MALLOC FAILURE
# 
# The tests in this file test the behaviours described in the following
# paragraphs. These tests test the behaviour of the system when malloc() fails
# inside of a call to _prepare(), _step(), _finalize() or _reset(). The
# handling of malloc() failures within ancillary procedures is tested
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------


# These procs are used to build up a "program" in global variable
# ::run_test_script. At the end of this file, the proc [run_test] is used
# to execute the program (and all test cases contained therein).
#
set ::run_test_sql_id 0
set ::run_test_script [list]
proc TEST {id t} {lappend ::run_test_script -test [list $id $t]}
proc PREP {p} {lappend ::run_test_script -prep [string trim $p]}
proc DEBUG {s} {lappend ::run_test_script -debug $s}

# SQL --
#
................................................................................
#
# Add an 'SQL' primitive to the program (see notes above). If the -norollback
# switch is present, then the statement is not allowed to automatically roll
# back any active transaction if malloc() fails. It must rollback the statement
# transaction only.
#
proc SQL  {a1 {a2 ""}} {
  # An SQL primitive parameter is a list of three elements, an id, a boolean
  # value indicating if the statement may cause transaction rollback when
  # malloc() fails, and the sql statement itself.
  set id [incr ::run_test_sql_id]
  if {$a2 == ""} {
    lappend ::run_test_script -sql [list $id true [string trim $a1]]
  } else {
    lappend ::run_test_script -sql [list $id false [string trim $a2]]
  }
}

# TEST_AUTOCOMMIT --
# 
#     A shorthand test to see if a transaction is active or not. The first
#     argument - $id - is the integer number of the test case. The second
................................................................................
    }
  } {abc abc abc_i abc abc_t abc abc_v abc_v 1 2 3}
}

set sql {
  BEGIN;DELETE FROM abc;
}
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
  set a $i
  set b "String value $i"
  set c [string repeat X $i]
  append sql "INSERT INTO abc VALUES ($a, '$b', '$c');"
}
append sql {COMMIT;}
PREP $sql
................................................................................

proc run_test {arglist iRepeat {pcstart 0} {iFailStart 1}} {
  if {[llength $arglist] %2} {
    error "Uneven number of arguments to TEST"
  }

  for {set i 0} {$i < $pcstart} {incr i} {
    set k2 [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $i}]]
    set v2 [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $i + 1}]]
    set ac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]        ;# Auto-Commit
    switch -- $k2 {
      -sql  {db eval [lindex $v2 2]}
      -prep {db eval $v2}
      -debug {eval $v2}
    }
    set nac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]       ;# New Auto-Commit 
    if {$ac && !$nac} {set begin_pc $i}
  }

  db rollback_hook [list incr ::rollback_hook_count]

  set iFail $iFailStart
  set pc $pcstart
  while {$pc*2 < [llength $arglist]} {
    # Fetch the current instruction type and payload.
    set k [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $pc}]]
    set v [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $pc + 1}]]

    # Id of this iteration:

    set iterid "pc=$pc.iFail=$iFail$k"


    switch -- $k {

      -test { 
        foreach {id script} $v {}
        set testid "malloc3-(test $id).$iterid"
        eval $script
        incr pc
      }

      -sql {
        set ::rollback_hook_count 0

        set id [lindex $v 0]
        set testid "malloc3-(integrity $id).$iterid"

        set ac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]        ;# Auto-Commit
        sqlite3_memdebug_fail $iFail -repeat 0
        set rc [catch {db eval [lindex $v 2]} msg]   ;# True error occurs
        set nac [sqlite3_get_autocommit $::DB]       ;# New Auto-Commit 

        if {$rc != 0 && $nac && !$ac} {
          # Before [db eval] the auto-commit flag was clear. Now it
          # is set. Since an error occured we assume this was not a
          # commit - therefore a rollback occured. Check that the
          # rollback-hook was invoked.
          do_test malloc3-rollback_hook_count.$iterid {
            set ::rollback_hook_count
          } {1}
        }

        set nFail [sqlite3_memdebug_fail -1 -benigncnt nBenign]
        if {$rc == 0} {
            # Successful execution of sql. The number of failed malloc()
            # calls should be equal to the number of benign failures.
            # Otherwise a malloc() failed and the error was not reported.
            # 
            set expr {$nFail!=$nBenign}
            if {[expr $expr]} {
              error "Unreported malloc() failure, test \"$testid\", $expr"
            }

            if {$ac && !$nac} {
              # Before the [db eval] the auto-commit flag was set, now it
              # is clear. We can deduce that a "BEGIN" statement has just
              # been successfully executed.
              set begin_pc $pc
            } 

            incr pc
            set iFail 1
            integrity_check $testid
        } elseif {[regexp {.*out of memory} $msg] || [db errorcode] == 3082} {
            # Out of memory error, as expected.
            #
            integrity_check $testid
            incr iFail
            if {$nac && !$ac} {

              if {![lindex $v 1] && [db errorcode] != 3082} {
                # error "Statement \"[lindex $v 2]\" caused a rollback"
              }

              for {set i $begin_pc} {$i < $pc} {incr i} {
                set k2 [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $i}]]
                set v2 [lindex $arglist [expr {2 * $i + 1}]]
                set catchupsql ""
                switch -- $k2 {
                  -sql  {set catchupsql [lindex $v2 2]}
                  -prep {set catchupsql $v2}
                }
                db eval $catchupsql
              }
            }
        } else {
            error $msg
        }

        # back up to the previous "-test" block.
        while {[lindex $arglist [expr {2 * ($pc - 1)}]] == "-test"} {
          incr pc -1
        }
      }

      -prep {
        db eval $v
        incr pc
................................................................................
      }

      default { error "Unknown switch: $k" }
    }
  }
}

# Turn off the Tcl interface's prepared statement caching facility. Then
# run the tests with "persistent" malloc failures.
sqlite3_extended_result_codes db 1
db cache size 0
run_test $::run_test_script 1

# Close and reopen the db.
db close

# aggregate min() and max() functions and which are handled as
# as a special case.
#
# $Id: minmax.test,v 1.21 2008/07/08 18:05:26 drh Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


do_test minmax-1.0 {
  execsql {
    BEGIN;
    CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2,2);
................................................................................
ifcapable {compound && subquery} {
  do_test minmax-9.1 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 UNION SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {1}
  do_test minmax-9.2 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 EXCEPT SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}
................................................................................
} {25}
do_test minmax-12.17 {
  execsql {
    SELECT max(rowid) FROM t7 WHERE a=3 AND b=5 AND c=15;
  }
} {5}





























































































finish_test

# aggregate min() and max() functions and which are handled as
# as a special case.
#
# $Id: minmax.test,v 1.21 2008/07/08 18:05:26 drh Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set ::testprefix minmax

do_test minmax-1.0 {
  execsql {
    BEGIN;
    CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2,2);
................................................................................
ifcapable {compound && subquery} {
  do_test minmax-9.1 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 UNION SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}
  do_test minmax-9.2 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 EXCEPT SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}
................................................................................
} {25}
do_test minmax-12.17 {
  execsql {
    SELECT max(rowid) FROM t7 WHERE a=3 AND b=5 AND c=15;
  }
} {5}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
reset_db

proc do_test_13 {op name sql1 sql2 res} {
  set ::sqlite_search_count 0
  uplevel [list do_execsql_test $name.1 $sql1 $res]
  set a $::sqlite_search_count

  set ::sqlite_search_count 0
  uplevel [list do_execsql_test $name.2 $sql2 $res]
  set b $::sqlite_search_count

  uplevel [list do_test $name.3 [list expr "$a $op $b"] 1]
}

# Run a test named $name. Check that SQL statements $sql1 and $sql2 both
# return the same result, but that $sql2 increments the $sqlite_search_count
# variable more often (indicating that it is visiting more rows to determine
# the result).
#
proc do_test_13_opt {name sql1 sql2 res} {
  uplevel [list do_test_13 < $name $sql1 $sql2 $res]
}

# Like [do_test_13_noopt], except this time check that the $sqlite_search_count
# variable is incremented the same number of times by both SQL statements.
#
proc do_test_13_noopt {name sql1 sql2 res} {
  uplevel [list do_test_13 == $name $sql1 $sql2 $res]
}

do_execsql_test 13.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 1, 1);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('b', 6, 6);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('c', 5, 5);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 4, 4);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 5, 5);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('c', 6, 6);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('b', 4, 4);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('c', 7, 7);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('b', 2, 2);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('b', 3, 3);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 3, 3);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('b', 5, 5);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('c', 4, 4);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('c', 3, 3);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 2, 2);
  SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c;
} {a 1 1 a 2 2 a 3 3 a 4 4 a 5 5
   b 2 2 b 3 3 b 4 4 b 5 5 b 6 6
   c 3 3 c 4 4 c 5 5 c 6 6 c 7 7
}
do_execsql_test 13.2 { CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c) }

do_test_13_opt 13.3 {
  SELECT min(b) FROM t1 WHERE a='b'
} {
  SELECT min(c) FROM t1 WHERE a='b'
} {2}

do_test_13_opt 13.4 {
  SELECT a, min(b) FROM t1 WHERE a='b'
} {
  SELECT a, min(c) FROM t1 WHERE a='b'
} {b 2}

do_test_13_opt 13.4 {
  SELECT a||c, max(b)+4 FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {
  SELECT a||c, max(c)+4 FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {c7 11}

do_test_13_noopt 13.5 {
  SELECT a||c, max(b+1) FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {
  SELECT a||c, max(c+1) FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {c7 8}

do_test_13_noopt 13.6 {
  SELECT count(b) FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {
  SELECT count(c) FROM t1 WHERE a='c'
} {5}

do_test_13_noopt 13.7 {
  SELECT min(b), count(b) FROM t1 WHERE a='a';
} {
  SELECT min(c), count(c) FROM t1 WHERE a='a';
} {1 5}


finish_test

ifcapable {compound && subquery} {
  do_test minmax2-9.1 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 UNION SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {1}
  do_test minmax2-9.2 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 EXCEPT SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}

ifcapable {compound && subquery} {
  do_test minmax2-9.1 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 UNION SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}
  do_test minmax2-9.2 {
    execsql {
      SELECT max(rowid) FROM (
        SELECT max(rowid) FROM t4 EXCEPT SELECT max(rowid) FROM t5
      )
    }
  } {{}}

        (NULL, 2, 1, 'two-a'),
        (NULL, 3, 1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 1.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 1.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 1.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 1.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 1.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 1.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Reverse order sorts
#
do_test 1.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 1.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 1.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 1.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out

do_test 1.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 1.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized-out


# Reconstruct the test data to use indices rather than integer primary keys.
#
do_test 2.0 {
................................................................................
        (20, 1, 'two-a'),
        (3,  1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 2.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 2.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

do_test 2.1c {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, aid, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 2.1d {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, aid, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 2.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 2.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 2.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 2.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Reverse order sorts
#
do_test 2.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 2.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 2.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 2.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out

do_test 2.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 2.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out


# Generate another test dataset, but this time using mixed ASC/DESC indices.
#
do_test 3.0 {
................................................................................
        (NULL, 2, 1, 'two-a'),
        (NULL, 3, 1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 3.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 3.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 3.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 3.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 3.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 3.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Without the mixed ASC/DESC on ORDER BY
#
do_test 3.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 3.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 3.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 3.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimzed out


do_test 3.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 3.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# inverted ASC/DESC is optimized out


finish_test

        (NULL, 2, 1, 'two-a'),
        (NULL, 3, 1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 1.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 1.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 1.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 1.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 1.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 1.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Reverse order sorts
#
do_test 1.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 1.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 1.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 1.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out

do_test 1.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 1.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 1.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized-out


# Reconstruct the test data to use indices rather than integer primary keys.
#
do_test 2.0 {
................................................................................
        (20, 1, 'two-a'),
        (3,  1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 2.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 2.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

do_test 2.1c {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, aid, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 2.1d {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, aid, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 2.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 2.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 2.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 2.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Reverse order sorts
#
do_test 2.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 2.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 2.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 2.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out

do_test 2.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 2.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 2.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out


# Generate another test dataset, but this time using mixed ASC/DESC indices.
#
do_test 3.0 {
................................................................................
        (NULL, 2, 1, 'two-a'),
        (NULL, 3, 1, 'three-a');
    COMMIT;
  }
} {}
do_test 3.1a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}

# Verify that the ORDER BY clause is optimized out
#
do_test 3.1b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# ORDER BY optimized out

# The same query with ORDER BY clause optimization disabled via + operators
# should give exactly the same answer.
#
do_test 3.2a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}

# The output is sorted manually in this case.
#
do_test 3.2b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn DESC
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to "+" on ORDER BY terms

# The same query with ORDER BY optimizations turned off via built-in test.
#
do_test 3.3a {
  optimization_control db order-by-idx-join 0
  db cache flush
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {one-c one-a two-b two-a three-c three-a}
do_test 3.3b {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn DESC
  }
} {/ORDER BY/}   ;# separate sorting pass due to disabled optimization
optimization_control db all 1
db cache flush

# Without the mixed ASC/DESC on ORDER BY
#
do_test 3.4a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}
do_test 3.4b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title, +tn
  }
} {one-a one-c two-a two-b three-a three-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.4c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimized out


do_test 3.5a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}
do_test 3.5b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn DESC
  }
} {three-c three-a two-b two-a one-c one-a}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.5c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn DESC
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# optimzed out


do_test 3.6a {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}
do_test 3.6b {
  db eval {
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY +title DESC, +tn
  }
} {three-a three-c two-a two-b one-a one-c}  ;# verify same order after sorting
do_test 3.6c {
  db eval {
    EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
    SELECT name FROM album CROSS JOIN track USING (aid) ORDER BY title DESC, tn
  }
} {~/ORDER BY/}  ;# inverted ASC/DESC is optimized out


finish_test

  }
  db close
  file size test.db
} {20971520}

# Cleanup 20MB file left by the previous test.
forcedelete test.db





























finish_test

  }
  db close
  file size test.db
} {20971520}

# Cleanup 20MB file left by the previous test.
forcedelete test.db

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that if a transaction is committed in journal_mode=DELETE mode,
# and the call to unlink() returns an ENOENT error, the COMMIT does not
# succeed.
#
if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="unix"} {
  do_test pager1-33.1 {
    sqlite3 db test.db
    execsql {
      CREATE TABLE t1(x);
      INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('one');
      INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('two');
      BEGIN;
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('three');
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('four');
    }
    forcedelete bak-journal
    file rename test.db-journal bak-journal

    catchsql COMMIT
  } {1 {disk I/O error}}

  do_test pager1-33.2 {
    file rename bak-journal test.db-journal
    execsql { SELECT * FROM t1 }
  } {one two}
}

finish_test

    -DSQLITE_SOUNDEX=1
  }
  "Update-Delete-Limit" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1
  }
















  "Debug-One" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP=1
    -DSQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
  }
}

array set ::Platforms {
  Linux-x86_64 {

    "Debug-One"               "checksymbols test"
    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test
    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "Ftrapv"                  test
    "Default"                 "threadtest test"
................................................................................
    set config_options $::Configs($zConfig)

    run_test_suite $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove
    # it and run veryquick.test. If it did not include the SQLITE_DEBUG option
    # add it and run veryquick.test.

    set debug_idx [lsearch -glob $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG*]
    if {$debug_idx < 0} {
      run_test_suite "${zConfig}_debug" test [
        concat $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
      ]
    } else {
      run_test_suite "${zConfig}_ndebug" test [
        lreplace $config_options $debug_idx $debug_idx
      ]

    }

  }
}

main $argv

    -DSQLITE_SOUNDEX=1
  }
  "Update-Delete-Limit" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1
  }
  "Check-Symbols" {
    -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1
    -DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1
    -DSQLITE_SOUNDEX=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK=1
  }
  "Debug-One" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP=1
    -DSQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
  }
}

array set ::Platforms {
  Linux-x86_64 {
    "Check-Symbols"           checksymbols
    "Debug-One"               test
    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test
    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "Ftrapv"                  test
    "Default"                 "threadtest test"
................................................................................
    set config_options $::Configs($zConfig)

    run_test_suite $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove
    # it and run veryquick.test. If it did not include the SQLITE_DEBUG option
    # add it and run veryquick.test.
    if {$target!="checksymbols"} {
      set debug_idx [lsearch -glob $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG*]
      if {$debug_idx < 0} {
        run_test_suite "${zConfig}_debug" test [
          concat $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
        ]
      } else {
        run_test_suite "${zConfig}_ndebug" test [
          lreplace $config_options $debug_idx $debug_idx
        ]
      }
    }

  }
}

main $argv

  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1 0
  db2 eval {
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('two');
  }
  db2 close
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1
} {0}

























#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This test verifies that a bug causing a busy-handler belonging to one
# shared-cache connection to be executed as a result of an sqlite3_step()
# on another has been fixed.
#
forcedelete test.db test.db2
................................................................................
} {}
  
db1 close
db2 close

sqlite3_enable_shared_cache $::enable_shared_cache
finish_test

  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1 0
  db2 eval {
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('two');
  }
  db2 close
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1
} {0}

forcedelete test.db test.db2
sqlite3 db1 test.db
sqlite3 db2 test.db
db1 collate mycollate mycollate_db1
db2 collate mycollate mycollate_db2

do_test 2.13 {
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1 0
  db1 eval {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a, CHECK (a COLLATE mycollate IN ('one', 'two', 'three')));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('one');
  }
  db1 close
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1
} {1}
do_test 2.14 {
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1 0
  db2 eval {
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('two');
  }
  db2 close
  set ::invoked_mycollate_db1
} {0}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This test verifies that a bug causing a busy-handler belonging to one
# shared-cache connection to be executed as a result of an sqlite3_step()
# on another has been fixed.
#
forcedelete test.db test.db2
................................................................................
} {}
  
db1 close
db2 close

sqlite3_enable_shared_cache $::enable_shared_cache
finish_test

  } db2
  for {set i 0} {$i < 2} {incr i} {
    set a [string repeat $i 10]
    set b [string repeat $i 2000]
    execsql {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($a, $b)} db2
  }
  execsql {COMMIT} db2


  set ::DB2 [sqlite3_connection_pointer db2]
  set ::STMT [sqlite3_prepare $::DB2 "SELECT a FROM t1 ORDER BY a" -1 DUMMY]
  sqlite3_step $::STMT       ;# Cursor points at 0000000000
  sqlite3_step $::STMT       ;# Cursor points at 1111111111
} -tclbody {
  execsql {
    BEGIN;
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(6, NULL);
    ROLLBACK;
  }
} -cleanup {
  # UPDATE: As of [5668], if the rollback fails SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. 
  # So these tests have been updated to expect SQLITE_CORRUPT and its
  # associated English language error message.
  #
  do_test shared_malloc-8.$::n.cleanup.1 {
    set res [catchsql {SELECT a FROM t1} db2]

  } db2
  for {set i 0} {$i < 2} {incr i} {
    set a [string repeat $i 10]
    set b [string repeat $i 2000]
    execsql {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($a, $b)} db2
  }
  execsql {COMMIT} db2
  execsql BEGIN
  execsql ROLLBACK
  set ::DB2 [sqlite3_connection_pointer db2]
  set ::STMT [sqlite3_prepare $::DB2 "SELECT a FROM t1 ORDER BY a" -1 DUMMY]
  sqlite3_step $::STMT       ;# Cursor points at 0000000000
  sqlite3_step $::STMT       ;# Cursor points at 1111111111
} -tclbody {
  execsql {
    BEGIN;
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(6, NULL);
    ROLLBACK}

} -cleanup {
  # UPDATE: As of [5668], if the rollback fails SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. 
  # So these tests have been updated to expect SQLITE_CORRUPT and its
  # associated English language error message.
  #
  do_test shared_malloc-8.$::n.cleanup.1 {
    set res [catchsql {SELECT a FROM t1} db2]

do_test shell1-1.14.2 {
  catchcmd "-separator x test.db" "" 
} {0 {}}
do_test shell1-1.14.3 {
  set res [catchcmd "-separator" ""]
  set rc [lindex $res 0]
  list $rc \
       [regexp {Error: missing argument for option: -separator} $res]
} {1 1}

# -stats               print memory stats before each finalize
do_test shell1-1.14b.1 {
  catchcmd "-stats test.db" "" 
} {0 {}}

................................................................................
do_test shell1-1.15.2 {
  catchcmd "-nullvalue x test.db" ""
} {0 {}}
do_test shell1-1.15.3 {
  set res [catchcmd "-nullvalue" ""]
  set rc [lindex $res 0]
  list $rc \
       [regexp {Error: missing argument for option: -nullvalue} $res]
} {1 1}

# -version             show SQLite version
do_test shell1-1.16.1 {
  set x [catchcmd "-version test.db" ""]
} {/3.[0-9.]+ 20\d\d-[01]\d-\d\d \d\d:\d\d:\d\d [0-9a-f]+/}

................................................................................
} {0 {this is a test}}

# Test the output of the ".dump" command
#
do_test shell1-4.1 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t1(x);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(null), (1), (2.25), ('hello'), (x'807f');
  }
  catchcmd test.db {.dump}
} {0 {PRAGMA foreign_keys=OFF;
BEGIN TRANSACTION;
CREATE TABLE t1(x);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(NULL);

INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(1);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(2.25);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES('hello');
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(X'807F');
COMMIT;}}

# Test the output of ".mode insert"
#
do_test shell1-4.2 {
  catchcmd test.db ".mode insert t1\nselect * from t1;"
} {0 {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(NULL);

INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1);
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2.25);
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('hello');
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(X'807f');}}

















































finish_test

do_test shell1-1.14.2 {
  catchcmd "-separator x test.db" "" 
} {0 {}}
do_test shell1-1.14.3 {
  set res [catchcmd "-separator" ""]
  set rc [lindex $res 0]
  list $rc \
       [regexp {Error: missing argument to -separator} $res]
} {1 1}

# -stats               print memory stats before each finalize
do_test shell1-1.14b.1 {
  catchcmd "-stats test.db" "" 
} {0 {}}

................................................................................
do_test shell1-1.15.2 {
  catchcmd "-nullvalue x test.db" ""
} {0 {}}
do_test shell1-1.15.3 {
  set res [catchcmd "-nullvalue" ""]
  set rc [lindex $res 0]
  list $rc \
       [regexp {Error: missing argument to -nullvalue} $res]
} {1 1}

# -version             show SQLite version
do_test shell1-1.16.1 {
  set x [catchcmd "-version test.db" ""]
} {/3.[0-9.]+ 20\d\d-[01]\d-\d\d \d\d:\d\d:\d\d [0-9a-f]+/}

................................................................................
} {0 {this is a test}}

# Test the output of the ".dump" command
#
do_test shell1-4.1 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t1(x);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(null), (''), (1), (2.25), ('hello'), (x'807f');
  }
  catchcmd test.db {.dump}
} {0 {PRAGMA foreign_keys=OFF;
BEGIN TRANSACTION;
CREATE TABLE t1(x);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(NULL);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES('');
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(1);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(2.25);
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES('hello');
INSERT INTO "t1" VALUES(X'807F');
COMMIT;}}

# Test the output of ".mode insert"
#
do_test shell1-4.2 {
  catchcmd test.db ".mode insert t1\nselect * from t1;"
} {0 {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(NULL);
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('');
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1);
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2.25);
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('hello');
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(X'807f');}}

# Test the output of ".mode tcl"
#
do_test shell1-4.3 {
  catchcmd test.db ".mode tcl\nselect * from t1;"
} {0 {""
""
"1"
"2.25"
"hello"
"\200\177"}}

# Test the output of ".mode tcl" with multiple columns
#
do_test shell1-4.4 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t2(x,y);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(null, ''), (1, 2.25), ('hello', x'807f');
  }
  catchcmd test.db ".mode tcl\nselect * from t2;"
} {0 {"" ""
"1" "2.25"
"hello" "\200\177"}}

# Test the output of ".mode tcl" with ".nullvalue"
#
do_test shell1-4.5 {
  catchcmd test.db ".mode tcl\n.nullvalue NULL\nselect * from t2;"
} {0 {"NULL" ""
"1" "2.25"
"hello" "\200\177"}}

# Test the output of ".mode tcl" with Tcl reserved characters
#
do_test shell1-4.6 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE tcl1(x);
    INSERT INTO tcl1 VALUES('"'), ('['), (']'), ('\{'), ('\}'), (';'), ('$');
  }
  foreach {x y} [catchcmd test.db ".mode tcl\nselect * from tcl1;"] break
  list $x $y [llength $y]
} {0 {"\""
"["
"]"
"\\{"
"\\}"
";"
"$"} 7}

finish_test

# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this script is testing correlated subqueries
#
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


ifcapable !subquery {
  finish_test
  return
}

do_test subquery2-1.1 {
................................................................................
do_test subquery2-1.22 {
  execsql {
    SELECT a FROM t1
     WHERE b=(SELECT x+1 FROM 
                 (SELECT DISTINCT f/d AS x FROM t2 JOIN t3 ON d*a=f))
  }
} {1 3 5 7}






















finish_test

# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this script is testing correlated subqueries
#
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set ::testprefix subquery2

ifcapable !subquery {
  finish_test
  return
}

do_test subquery2-1.1 {
................................................................................
do_test subquery2-1.22 {
  execsql {
    SELECT a FROM t1
     WHERE b=(SELECT x+1 FROM 
                 (SELECT DISTINCT f/d AS x FROM t2 JOIN t3 ON d*a=f))
  }
} {1 3 5 7}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that ticket d6b36be38a has been fixed.
do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t4(a, b);
  CREATE TABLE t5(a, b);
  INSERT INTO t5 VALUES(3, 5);

  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(1, 1);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(2, 3);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(3, 6);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(4, 10);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(5, 15);
}

do_execsql_test 2.2 {
  SELECT * 
  FROM (SELECT * FROM t4 ORDER BY a LIMIT -1 OFFSET 1) 
  LIMIT (SELECT a FROM t5)
} {2 3   3 6   4 10}


finish_test

    }
  
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
      # Test that the invariant is true.
      do_test t1 {
        execsql {
          SELECT 
            (SELECT md5sum(a, b) FROM ab WHERE a < (SELECT max(a) FROM ab)) ==
            (SELECT b FROM ab WHERE a = (SELECT max(a) FROM ab))
        }
      } {1}
  
      # Add another row to the database.
      execsql { INSERT INTO ab SELECT NULL, md5sum(a, b) FROM ab }
    }
................................................................................
  #
  do_test thread001.$tn.5 {
    execsql { SELECT count(*) FROM ab; }
  } [expr {1 + $::NTHREAD*100}]
  do_test thread001.$tn.6 {
    execsql {
      SELECT 
        (SELECT md5sum(a, b) FROM ab WHERE a < (SELECT max(a) FROM ab)) ==
        (SELECT b FROM ab WHERE a = (SELECT max(a) FROM ab))
    }
  } {1}
  do_test thread001.$tn.7 {
    execsql { PRAGMA integrity_check }
  } {ok}
}

sqlite3_enable_shared_cache $::enable_shared_cache
set sqlite_open_file_count 0
finish_test

    }
  
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
      # Test that the invariant is true.
      do_test t1 {
        execsql {
          SELECT 
            (SELECT md5sum(a, b) FROM ab WHERE +a < (SELECT max(a) FROM ab)) ==
            (SELECT b FROM ab WHERE a = (SELECT max(a) FROM ab))
        }
      } {1}
  
      # Add another row to the database.
      execsql { INSERT INTO ab SELECT NULL, md5sum(a, b) FROM ab }
    }
................................................................................
  #
  do_test thread001.$tn.5 {
    execsql { SELECT count(*) FROM ab; }
  } [expr {1 + $::NTHREAD*100}]
  do_test thread001.$tn.6 {
    execsql {
      SELECT 
        (SELECT md5sum(a, b) FROM ab WHERE +a < (SELECT max(a) FROM ab)) ==
        (SELECT b FROM ab WHERE a = (SELECT max(a) FROM ab))
    }
  } {1}
  do_test thread001.$tn.7 {
    execsql { PRAGMA integrity_check }
  } {ok}
}

sqlite3_enable_shared_cache $::enable_shared_cache
set sqlite_open_file_count 0
finish_test

    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(10,-8);
    CREATE INDEX t1a ON t1(a);
    CREATE INDEX t1b ON t1(b);
    CREATE TABLE t3(g);
    INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(4);
    CREATE TABLE t4(h);
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(5);
    
    SELECT * FROM t3 LEFT JOIN t1 ON d=g LEFT JOIN t4 ON c=h
     WHERE (a=1 AND h=4)
         OR (b IN (
               SELECT x FROM (SELECT e+f AS x, e FROM t2 ORDER BY 1 LIMIT 2)
               GROUP BY e
            ));
  }    

    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(10,-8);
    CREATE INDEX t1a ON t1(a);
    CREATE INDEX t1b ON t1(b);
    CREATE TABLE t3(g);
    INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(4);
    CREATE TABLE t4(h);
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(5);

    SELECT * FROM t3 LEFT JOIN t1 ON d=g LEFT JOIN t4 ON c=h
     WHERE (a=1 AND h=4)
         OR (b IN (
               SELECT x FROM (SELECT e+f AS x, e FROM t2 ORDER BY 1 LIMIT 2)
               GROUP BY e
            ));
  }    

    CREATE TABLE t7(a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9,a10,a11,a12,a13,a14,
                    a15,a16,a17,a18,a19,a20,a21,a22,a23,a24,a25);
  }
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 0;
  }
} {1 {1st ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.2 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 0;










  }
} {1 {2nd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.3 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 2, 0;
  }
} {1 {3rd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}

    CREATE TABLE t7(a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9,a10,a11,a12,a13,a14,
                    a15,a16,a17,a18,a19,a20,a21,a22,a23,a24,a25);
  }
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 0;
  }
} {1 {1st ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.2.1 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 0;
  }
} {1 {2nd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.2.2 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 26;
  }
} {1 {2nd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.2.3 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 65536;
  }
} {1 {2nd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}
do_test tkt2822-7.3 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM t7 ORDER BY 1, 2, 0;
  }
} {1 {3rd ORDER BY term out of range - should be between 1 and 25}}

    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(1,'Elem1');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(2,'Elem2');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(3,'Elem3');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(4,'Elem4');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(5,'Elem5');
    INSERT INTO ElemOr Values(3,4);
    INSERT INTO ElemOr Values(3,5);
    INSERT INTO ElemAnd VALUES(1,3,1,1,1);
    INSERT INTO ElemAnd VALUES(1,2,1,1,1);
    
    CREATE VIEW ElemView1 AS
    SELECT
      CAST(Element.Code AS VARCHAR(50)) AS ElemId,
     Element.Code AS ElemCode,
     Element.Name AS ElemName,
     ElemAnd.Code AS InnerCode,
................................................................................
    FROM ElemView1 AS Element
    JOIN ElemView1 AS InnerElem
         ON Element.Level=0 AND Element.InnerCode=InnerElem.ElemCode
    ORDER BY ElemId, InnerCode;
 
    SELECT * FROM ElemView1;
  }
} {1 1 Elem1 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 Elem1 3 1 1 1 0 0 3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 0 1 3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 0 1}
   
do_test tkt3527-1.2 {
  db eval {
    SELECT * FROM ElemView2;
  }
} {1 1 Elem1 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 Elem1 3 1 1 1 0 0 1.3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 1 1 1.3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 1 1 3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 0 1 3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 0 1}

finish_test

    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(1,'Elem1');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(2,'Elem2');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(3,'Elem3');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(4,'Elem4');
    INSERT INTO Element VALUES(5,'Elem5');
    INSERT INTO ElemOr Values(3,4);
    INSERT INTO ElemOr Values(3,5);
    INSERT INTO ElemAnd VALUES(1,3,'a','b','c');
    INSERT INTO ElemAnd VALUES(1,2,'x','y','z');
    
    CREATE VIEW ElemView1 AS
    SELECT
      CAST(Element.Code AS VARCHAR(50)) AS ElemId,
     Element.Code AS ElemCode,
     Element.Name AS ElemName,
     ElemAnd.Code AS InnerCode,
................................................................................
    FROM ElemView1 AS Element
    JOIN ElemView1 AS InnerElem
         ON Element.Level=0 AND Element.InnerCode=InnerElem.ElemCode
    ORDER BY ElemId, InnerCode;
 
    SELECT * FROM ElemView1;
  }
} {1 1 Elem1 2 x y z 0 0 1 1 Elem1 3 a b c 0 0 3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 0 1 3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 0 1}
   
do_test tkt3527-1.2 {
  db eval {
    SELECT * FROM ElemView2;
  }
} {1 1 Elem1 2 x y z 0 0 1 1 Elem1 3 a b c 0 0 1.3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 1 1 1.3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 1 1 3 3 Elem3 4 {} {} {} 0 1 3 3 Elem3 5 {} {} {} 0 1}

finish_test

    UPDATE t12 SET a=new.a+1, b=new.b+1;
  END;
} {}
do_catchsql_test triggerC-13.2 {
  UPDATE t12 SET a=a+1, b=b+1;
} {1 {too many levels of trigger recursion}}













































finish_test

    UPDATE t12 SET a=new.a+1, b=new.b+1;
  END;
} {}
do_catchsql_test triggerC-13.2 {
  UPDATE t12 SET a=a+1, b=b+1;
} {1 {too many levels of trigger recursion}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests seek to verify that constant values (i.e. literals)
# are not factored out of loops within trigger programs. SQLite does
# not factor constants out of loops within trigger programs as it may only
# do so in code generated before the first table or index is opened. And
# by the time a trigger program is coded, at least one table or index has
# always been opened.
#
# At one point, due to a bug allowing constant factoring within triggers,
# the following SQL would produce the wrong result.
#
set SQL {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, c);
  CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b, c);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3);

  CREATE TABLE t2(e, f);
  CREATE INDEX i3 ON t2(e);
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1234567, 3);

  CREATE TABLE empty(x);
  CREATE TABLE not_empty(x);
  INSERT INTO not_empty VALUES(2);

  CREATE TABLE t4(x);
  CREATE TABLE t5(g, h, i);

  CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE INSERT ON t4 BEGIN
    INSERT INTO t5 SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE 
        (a IN (SELECT x FROM empty) OR b IN (SELECT x FROM not_empty)) 
        AND c IN (SELECT f FROM t2 WHERE e=1234567);
  END;

  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES(0);
  SELECT * FROM t5;
}

reset_db
do_execsql_test triggerC-14.1 $SQL {1 2 3}
reset_db
optimization_control db factor-constants 0
do_execsql_test triggerC-14.2 $SQL {1 2 3}

finish_test

} SQLITE_OK
do_test 19.2 {
  register_echo_module [sqlite3_connection_pointer db2]
} SQLITE_MISUSE
do_test 19.3 {
  db2 close
} {}









































finish_test

} SQLITE_OK
do_test 19.2 {
  register_echo_module [sqlite3_connection_pointer db2]
} SQLITE_MISUSE
do_test 19.3 {
  db2 close
} {}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that the bug fixed by [b0c1ba655d69] really is fixed.
#
do_execsql_test 20.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t7 (a, b);
  CREATE TABLE t8 (c, d);
  CREATE INDEX i2 ON t7(a);
  CREATE INDEX i3 ON t7(b);
  CREATE INDEX i4 ON t8(c);
  CREATE INDEX i5 ON t8(d);

  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t7v USING echo(t7);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t8v USING echo(t8);
}

do_test 20.2 {
  for {set i 0} {$i < 1000} {incr i} {
    db eval {INSERT INTO t7 VALUES($i, $i)}
    db eval {INSERT INTO t8 VALUES($i, $i)}
  }
} {}

do_execsql_test 20.3 {
  SELECT a, b FROM (
      SELECT a, b FROM t7 WHERE a=11 OR b=12
      UNION ALL
      SELECT c, d FROM t8 WHERE c=5 OR d=6
  )
  ORDER BY 1, 2;
} {5 5 6 6 11 11 12 12}

do_execsql_test 20.4 {
  SELECT a, b FROM (
      SELECT a, b FROM t7v WHERE a=11 OR b=12
      UNION ALL
      SELECT c, d FROM t8v WHERE c=5 OR d=6
  )
  ORDER BY 1, 2;
} {5 5 6 6 11 11 12 12}

finish_test

    INSERT INTO t SELECT randomblob(100) FROM t;
    INSERT INTO t SELECT randomblob(100) FROM t;
  COMMIT;
} {}

# Check file sizes are as expected. The real requirement here is that 
# the *shm file is now more than one chunk (>32KiB).



do_test 1.3 { file size test.db     } {1024}
do_test 1.4 { file size test.db-wal } {15421352}
do_test 1.5 { file size test.db-shm } {131072}


do_execsql_test 1.6 { PRAGMA wal_checkpoint } {0 14715 14715}



# At this point connection [db2] has mapped the first 32KB of the *shm file
# only. Because the entire WAL file has been checkpointed, it is not 
# necessary to map any more of the *-shm file to read or write the database
# (since all data will be read directly from the db file). 
#
# However, at one point if a transaction that had not yet written to the 
................................................................................
      INSERT INTO t VALUES('hello');
    ROLLBACK;
  } db2
} {}
db2 close

finish_test

    INSERT INTO t SELECT randomblob(100) FROM t;
    INSERT INTO t SELECT randomblob(100) FROM t;
  COMMIT;
} {}

# Check file sizes are as expected. The real requirement here is that 
# the *shm file is now more than one chunk (>32KiB).
#
# The sizes of various files are slightly different in normal and 
# auto-vacuum mode.
do_test 1.3 { file size test.db     } {1024}
do_test 1.4 { expr {[file size test.db-wal]>(1500*1024)} } {1}
do_test 1.5 { expr {[file size test.db-shm]>32768} }       {1}

do_test 1.6 { 
  foreach {a b c} [db eval {PRAGMA wal_checkpoint}] break
  list [expr {$a==0}] [expr {$b>14500}] [expr {$c>14500}] [expr {$b==$c}]
} {1 1 1 1}

# At this point connection [db2] has mapped the first 32KB of the *shm file
# only. Because the entire WAL file has been checkpointed, it is not 
# necessary to map any more of the *-shm file to read or write the database
# (since all data will be read directly from the db file). 
#
# However, at one point if a transaction that had not yet written to the 
................................................................................
      INSERT INTO t VALUES('hello');
    ROLLBACK;
  } db2
} {}
db2 close

finish_test

} {1 one 4 four nosort}

# Ticket #2211.
#
# When optimizing out ORDER BY clauses, make sure that trailing terms
# of the ORDER BY clause do not reference other tables in a join.
#

do_test where-14.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t8(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT UNIQUE);
    INSERT INTO t8 VALUES(1,'one');
    INSERT INTO t8 VALUES(4,'four');
  }
  cksort {
................................................................................
  } 
} {4/1 4/4 1/1 1/4 sort}
do_test where-14.12 {
  cksort {
    SELECT x.a || '/' || y.a FROM t8 x, t8 y ORDER BY x.b, y.a||x.b DESC
  } 
} {4/4 4/1 1/4 1/1 sort}


# Ticket #2445.
#
# There was a crash that could occur when a where clause contains an
# alias for an expression in the result set, and that expression retrieves
# a column of the second or subsequent table in a join.
#

} {1 one 4 four nosort}

# Ticket #2211.
#
# When optimizing out ORDER BY clauses, make sure that trailing terms
# of the ORDER BY clause do not reference other tables in a join.
#
if {[permutation] != "no_optimization"} {
do_test where-14.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t8(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT UNIQUE);
    INSERT INTO t8 VALUES(1,'one');
    INSERT INTO t8 VALUES(4,'four');
  }
  cksort {
................................................................................
  } 
} {4/1 4/4 1/1 1/4 sort}
do_test where-14.12 {
  cksort {
    SELECT x.a || '/' || y.a FROM t8 x, t8 y ORDER BY x.b, y.a||x.b DESC
  } 
} {4/4 4/1 1/4 1/1 sort}
} ;# {permutation != "no_optimization"}

# Ticket #2445.
#
# There was a crash that could occur when a where clause contains an
# alias for an expression in the result set, and that expression retrieves
# a column of the second or subsequent table in a join.
#

# 2012 November 9
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the query planner to make sure it
# is making good planning decisions.
#


set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set ::testprefix whereE

do_execsql_test 1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a,b);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,10), (2,20), (3,30), (2,22), (3, 33);
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t1;
  ALTER TABLE t1 ADD COLUMN c;
  UPDATE t1 SET c=a*rowid+10000;
  CREATE INDEX t1ab ON t1(a,b);
  
  CREATE TABLE t2(x,y);
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(4,44),(5,55),(6,66),(7,77);
  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT x+4, (x+4)*11 FROM t2;
  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT x+8, (x+8)*11 FROM t2;
  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT x+16, (x+16)*11 FROM t2;
  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT x+32, (x+32)*11 FROM t2;
  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT x+64, (x+32)*11 FROM t2;
  ALTER TABLE t2 ADD COLUMN z;
  UPDATE t2 SET z=2;
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX t2zx ON t2(z,x);

  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT x FROM t1, t2 WHERE a=z AND c=x;
} {/.*SCAN TABLE t1 .*SEARCH TABLE t2 .*/}
do_execsql_test 1.2 {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT x FROM t2, t1 WHERE a=z AND c=x;
} {/.*SCAN TABLE t1 .*SEARCH TABLE t2 .*/}
do_execsql_test 1.3 {
  ANALYZE;
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT x FROM t1, t2 WHERE a=z AND c=x;
} {/.*SCAN TABLE t1 .*SEARCH TABLE t2 .*/}
do_execsql_test 1.4 {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT x FROM t2, t1 WHERE a=z AND c=x;
} {/.*SCAN TABLE t1 .*SEARCH TABLE t2 .*/}

finish_test

# 2012 November 9
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# 
# Test cases for query planning decisions.


#
# The tests in this file demonstrate the behaviour of the query planner
# in determining the order in which joined tables are scanned.
#
# Assume there are two tables being joined - t1 and t2. Each has a cost
# if it is the outer loop, and a cost if it is the inner loop. As follows:
#
#   t1(outer) - cost of scanning t1 as the outer loop.
#   t1(inner) - cost of scanning t1 as the inner loop.
#   t2(outer) - cost of scanning t2 as the outer loop.
#   t2(inner) - cost of scanning t2 as the inner loop.
#
# Depending on the order in which the planner nests the scans, the total
# cost of the join query is one of:
#
#   t1(outer) * t2(inner)
#   t2(outer) * t1(inner)
#
# The tests in this file attempt to verify that the planner nests joins in
# the correct order when the following are true:
#
#   + (t1(outer) * t2(inner)) > (t1(inner) * t2(outer)
#   +  t1(outer) < t2(outer)
#
# In other words, when the best overall query plan has t2 as the outer loop,
# but when the outer loop is considered independent of the inner, t1 is the
# most efficient choice.
#
# In order to make them more predictable, automatic indexes are turned off for
# the tests in this file.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix x

do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  PRAGMA automatic_index = 0;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  CREATE TABLE t2(d, e, f);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i2 ON t2(d);
} {}

foreach {tn sql} {
  1 "SELECT * FROM t1,           t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.e AND t2.d<t1.b AND t1.c!=10"
  2 "SELECT * FROM t2,           t1 WHERE t1.a=t2.e AND t2.d<t1.b AND t1.c!=10"
  3 "SELECT * FROM t2 CROSS JOIN t1 WHERE t1.a=t2.e AND t2.d<t1.b AND t1.c!=10"
} {
  do_test 1.$tn {
    db eval "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN $sql"
   } {/.*SCAN TABLE t2 .*SEARCH TABLE t1 .*/}
}

do_execsql_test 2.0 {
  DROP TABLE t1;
  DROP TABLE t2;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  CREATE TABLE t2(d, e, f);

  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i3 ON t2(d);
} {}

foreach {tn sql} {
  1 "SELECT * FROM t1,           t2 WHERE t1.a>? AND t2.d>t1.c AND t1.b=t2.e"
  2 "SELECT * FROM t2,           t1 WHERE t1.a>? AND t2.d>t1.c AND t1.b=t2.e"
  3 "SELECT * FROM t2 CROSS JOIN t1 WHERE t1.a>? AND t2.d>t1.c AND t1.b=t2.e"
} {
  do_test 2.$tn {
    db eval "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN $sql"
   } {/.*SCAN TABLE t2 .*SEARCH TABLE t1 .*/}
}

do_execsql_test 3.0 {
  DROP TABLE t1;
  DROP TABLE t2;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  CREATE TABLE t2(d, e, f);

  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(d);
} {}

foreach {tn sql} {
  1 {SELECT t1.a, t1.b, t2.d, t2.e FROM t1, t2 
     WHERE t2.d=t1.b AND t1.a=(t2.d+1) AND t1.b = (t2.e+1)}

  2 {SELECT t1.a, t1.b, t2.d, t2.e FROM t2, t1 
     WHERE t2.d=t1.b AND t1.a=(t2.d+1) AND t1.b = (t2.e+1)}

  3 {SELECT t1.a, t1.b, t2.d, t2.e FROM t2 CROSS JOIN t1 
     WHERE t2.d=t1.b AND t1.a=(t2.d+1) AND t1.b = (t2.e+1)}
} {
  do_test 3.$tn {
    db eval "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN $sql"
   } {/.*SCAN TABLE t2 .*SEARCH TABLE t1 .*/}
}

finish_test

::
:: build-all-msvc.bat --
::
:: Multi-Platform Build Tool for MSVC
::












































SETLOCAL

REM SET __ECHO=ECHO
REM SET __ECHO2=ECHO
REM SET __ECHO3=ECHO
IF NOT DEFINED _AECHO (SET _AECHO=REM)
IF NOT DEFINED _CECHO (SET _CECHO=REM)
................................................................................
REM
IF NOT DEFINED PLATFORMS (
  SET PLATFORMS=x86 x86_amd64 x86_arm
)

%_VECHO% Platforms = '%PLATFORMS%'











REM
REM NOTE: Setup environment variables to translate between the MSVC platform
REM       names and the names to be used for the platform-specific binary
REM       directories.
REM



SET x86_NAME=x86
SET x86_amd64_NAME=x64
SET x86_arm_NAME=ARM





%_VECHO% x86_Name = '%x86_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_amd64_Name = '%x86_amd64_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_arm_Name = '%x86_arm_NAME%'


REM
REM NOTE: Check for the external tools needed during the build process ^(i.e.
REM       those that do not get compiled as part of the build process itself^)
REM       along the PATH.
REM
FOR %%T IN (gawk.exe tclsh85.exe) DO (
  SET %%T_PATH=%%~dp$PATH:T
)



















REM
REM NOTE: Set the TOOLPATH variable to contain all the directories where the
REM       external tools were found in the search above.
REM
SET TOOLPATH=%gawk.exe_PATH%;%tclsh85.exe_PATH%

................................................................................
%_VECHO% ToolPath = '%TOOLPATH%'

REM
REM NOTE: Check for MSVC 2012 because the Windows SDK directory handling is
REM       slightly different for that version.
REM
IF "%VisualStudioVersion%" == "11.0" (





  SET SET_NSDKLIBPATH=1

) ELSE (
  CALL :fn_UnsetVariable SET_NSDKLIBPATH
)














REM
REM NOTE: This is the outer loop.  There should be exactly one iteration per
REM       platform.
REM
FOR %%P IN (%PLATFORMS%) DO (
  REM
  REM NOTE: Using the MSVC platform name, lookup the simpler platform name to
................................................................................
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable FSHARPINSTALLDIR
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable INCLUDE
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable LIB
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable LIBPATH
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable Platform
    REM CALL :fn_UnsetVariable VCINSTALLDIR
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable VSINSTALLDIR

    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir_35
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir_old

    REM
    REM NOTE: Reset the PATH here to the absolute bare minimum required.
    REM
    SET PATH=%TOOLPATH%;%SystemRoot%\System32;%SystemRoot%

    FOR %%B IN (Debug Retail) DO (
      REM
      REM NOTE: When preparing the debug build, set the DEBUG and MEMDEBUG
      REM       environment variables to be picked up by the MSVC makefile
      REM       itself.
      REM
      IF /I "%%B" == "Debug" (
        SET DEBUG=2
................................................................................
      REM          platform to the platform-specific directory beneath the
      REM          binary directory.
      REM
      "%ComSpec%" /C (
        REM
        REM NOTE: Attempt to setup the MSVC environment for this platform.
        REM
        %__ECHO3% CALL "%VCINSTALLDIR%\vcvarsall.bat" %%P

        IF ERRORLEVEL 1 (
          ECHO Failed to call "%VCINSTALLDIR%\vcvarsall.bat" for platform %%P.
          GOTO errors
        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: If this batch file is not running in "what-if" mode, check to
        REM       be sure we were actually able to setup the MSVC environment
        REM       as current versions of their official batch file do not set
        REM       the exit code upon failure.
        REM
        IF NOT DEFINED __ECHO (

          IF NOT DEFINED WindowsSdkDir (
            ECHO Cannot build, Windows SDK not found for platform %%P.
            GOTO errors

          )
        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: When using MSVC 2012, the native SDK path cannot simply use
        REM       the "lib" sub-directory beneath the location specified in the
        REM       WindowsSdkDir environment variable because that location does
        REM       not actually contain the necessary library files for x86.
        REM       This must be done for each iteration because it relies upon
        REM       the WindowsSdkDir environment variable being set by the batch
        REM       file used to setup the MSVC environment.
        REM
        IF DEFINED SET_NSDKLIBPATH (




          CALL :fn_CopyVariable WindowsSdkDir NSDKLIBPATH
          CALL :fn_AppendVariable NSDKLIBPATH \lib\win8\um\x86

        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: Unless prevented from doing so, invoke NMAKE with the MSVC
        REM       makefile to clean any stale build output from previous
        REM       iterations of this loop and/or previous runs of this batch
        REM       file, etc.

::
:: build-all-msvc.bat --
::
:: Multi-Platform Build Tool for MSVC
::

REM
REM This batch script is used to build the SQLite DLL for multiple platforms
REM and configurations using MSVC.  The built SQLite DLLs, their associated
REM import libraries, and optionally their symbols files, are placed within
REM the directory specified on the command line, in sub-directories named for
REM their respective platforms and configurations.  This batch script must be
REM run from inside a Visual Studio Command Prompt for the desired version of
REM Visual Studio ^(the initial platform configured for the command prompt does
REM not really matter^).  Exactly one command line argument is required, the
REM name of an existing directory to be used as the final destination directory
REM for the generated output files, which will be placed in sub-directories
REM created therein.  Ideally, the directory specified should be empty.
REM
REM Example:
REM
REM                        CD /D C:\dev\sqlite\core
REM                        tool\build-all-msvc.bat C:\Temp
REM
REM In the example above, "C:\dev\sqlite\core" represents the root of the
REM source tree for SQLite and "C:\Temp" represents the final destination
REM directory for the generated output files.
REM
REM There are several environment variables that may be set to modify the
REM behavior of this batch script and its associated Makefile.  The list of
REM platforms to build may be overriden by using the PLATFORMS environment
REM variable, which should contain a list of platforms ^(e.g. x86 x86_amd64
REM x86_arm^).  All platforms must be supported by the version of Visual Studio
REM being used.  The list of configurations to build may be overridden by
REM setting the CONFIGURATIONS environment variable, which should contain a
REM list of configurations to build ^(e.g. Debug Retail^).  Neither of these
REM variable values may contain any double quotes, surrounding or embedded.
REM Finally, the NCRTLIBPATH and NSDKLIBPATH environment variables may be set
REM to specify the location of the CRT and SDK, respectively, needed to compile
REM executables native to the architecture of the build machine during any
REM cross-compilation that may be necessary, depending on the platforms to be
REM built.  These values in these two variables should be surrounded by double
REM quotes if they contain spaces.
REM
REM Please note that the SQLite build process performed by the Makefile
REM associated with this batch script requires both Gawk ^(gawk.exe^) and Tcl
REM 8.5 ^(tclsh85.exe^) to be present in a directory contained in the PATH
REM environment variable unless a pre-existing amalgamation file is used.
REM
SETLOCAL

REM SET __ECHO=ECHO
REM SET __ECHO2=ECHO
REM SET __ECHO3=ECHO
IF NOT DEFINED _AECHO (SET _AECHO=REM)
IF NOT DEFINED _CECHO (SET _CECHO=REM)
................................................................................
REM
IF NOT DEFINED PLATFORMS (
  SET PLATFORMS=x86 x86_amd64 x86_arm
)

%_VECHO% Platforms = '%PLATFORMS%'

REM
REM NOTE: If the list of configurations is not already set, use the default
REM       list.
REM
IF NOT DEFINED CONFIGURATIONS (
  SET CONFIGURATIONS=Debug Retail
)

%_VECHO% Configurations = '%CONFIGURATIONS%'

REM
REM NOTE: Setup environment variables to translate between the MSVC platform
REM       names and the names to be used for the platform-specific binary
REM       directories.
REM
SET amd64_NAME=x64
SET arm_NAME=ARM
SET x64_NAME=x64
SET x86_NAME=x86
SET x86_amd64_NAME=x64
SET x86_arm_NAME=ARM
SET x86_x64_NAME=x64

%_VECHO% amd64_Name = '%amd64_NAME%'
%_VECHO% arm_Name = '%arm_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x64_Name = '%x64_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_Name = '%x86_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_amd64_Name = '%x86_amd64_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_arm_Name = '%x86_arm_NAME%'
%_VECHO% x86_x64_Name = '%x86_x64_NAME%'

REM
REM NOTE: Check for the external tools needed during the build process ^(i.e.
REM       those that do not get compiled as part of the build process itself^)
REM       along the PATH.
REM
FOR %%T IN (gawk.exe tclsh85.exe) DO (
  SET %%T_PATH=%%~dp$PATH:T
)

REM
REM NOTE: The Gawk executable "gawk.exe" is required during the SQLite build
REM       process unless a pre-existing amalgamation file is used.
REM
IF NOT DEFINED gawk.exe_PATH (
  ECHO The Gawk executable "gawk.exe" is required to be in the PATH.
  GOTO errors
)

REM
REM NOTE: The Tcl 8.5 executable "tclsh85.exe" is required during the SQLite
REM       build process unless a pre-existing amalgamation file is used.
REM
IF NOT DEFINED tclsh85.exe_PATH (
  ECHO The Tcl 8.5 executable "tclsh85.exe" is required to be in the PATH.
  GOTO errors
)

REM
REM NOTE: Set the TOOLPATH variable to contain all the directories where the
REM       external tools were found in the search above.
REM
SET TOOLPATH=%gawk.exe_PATH%;%tclsh85.exe_PATH%

................................................................................
%_VECHO% ToolPath = '%TOOLPATH%'

REM
REM NOTE: Check for MSVC 2012 because the Windows SDK directory handling is
REM       slightly different for that version.
REM
IF "%VisualStudioVersion%" == "11.0" (
  REM
  REM NOTE: If the Windows SDK library path has already been set, do not set
  REM       it to something else later on.
  REM
  IF NOT DEFINED NSDKLIBPATH (
    SET SET_NSDKLIBPATH=1
  )
) ELSE (
  CALL :fn_UnsetVariable SET_NSDKLIBPATH
)

REM
REM NOTE: Check if this is the Windows Phone SDK.  If so, a different batch
REM       file is necessary to setup the build environment.  Since the variable
REM       values involved here may contain parenthesis, using GOTO instead of
REM       an IF block is required.
REM
IF DEFINED WindowsPhoneKitDir GOTO set_vcvarsall_phone
SET VCVARSALL=%VCINSTALLDIR%\vcvarsall.bat
GOTO set_vcvarsall_done
:set_vcvarsall_phone
SET VCVARSALL=%VCINSTALLDIR%\WPSDK\WP80\vcvarsphoneall.bat
:set_vcvarsall_done

REM
REM NOTE: This is the outer loop.  There should be exactly one iteration per
REM       platform.
REM
FOR %%P IN (%PLATFORMS%) DO (
  REM
  REM NOTE: Using the MSVC platform name, lookup the simpler platform name to
................................................................................
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable FSHARPINSTALLDIR
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable INCLUDE
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable LIB
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable LIBPATH
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable Platform
    REM CALL :fn_UnsetVariable VCINSTALLDIR
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable VSINSTALLDIR
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsPhoneKitDir
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir_35
    CALL :fn_UnsetVariable WindowsSdkDir_old

    REM
    REM NOTE: Reset the PATH here to the absolute bare minimum required.
    REM
    SET PATH=%TOOLPATH%;%SystemRoot%\System32;%SystemRoot%

    FOR %%B IN (%CONFIGURATIONS%) DO (
      REM
      REM NOTE: When preparing the debug build, set the DEBUG and MEMDEBUG
      REM       environment variables to be picked up by the MSVC makefile
      REM       itself.
      REM
      IF /I "%%B" == "Debug" (
        SET DEBUG=2
................................................................................
      REM          platform to the platform-specific directory beneath the
      REM          binary directory.
      REM
      "%ComSpec%" /C (
        REM
        REM NOTE: Attempt to setup the MSVC environment for this platform.
        REM
        %__ECHO3% CALL "%VCVARSALL%" %%P

        IF ERRORLEVEL 1 (
          ECHO Failed to call "%VCVARSALL%" for platform %%P.
          GOTO errors
        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: If this batch file is not running in "what-if" mode, check to
        REM       be sure we were actually able to setup the MSVC environment
        REM       as current versions of their official batch file do not set
        REM       the exit code upon failure.
        REM
        IF NOT DEFINED __ECHO3 (
          IF NOT DEFINED WindowsPhoneKitDir (
            IF NOT DEFINED WindowsSdkDir (
              ECHO Cannot build, Windows SDK not found for platform %%P.
              GOTO errors
            )
          )
        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: When using MSVC 2012, the native SDK path cannot simply use
        REM       the "lib" sub-directory beneath the location specified in the
        REM       WindowsSdkDir environment variable because that location does
        REM       not actually contain the necessary library files for x86.
        REM       This must be done for each iteration because it relies upon
        REM       the WindowsSdkDir environment variable being set by the batch
        REM       file used to setup the MSVC environment.
        REM
        IF DEFINED SET_NSDKLIBPATH (
          IF DEFINED WindowsPhoneKitDir (
            CALL :fn_CopyVariable WindowsPhoneKitDir NSDKLIBPATH
            CALL :fn_AppendVariable NSDKLIBPATH \lib\x86
          ) ELSE IF DEFINED WindowsSdkDir (
            CALL :fn_CopyVariable WindowsSdkDir NSDKLIBPATH
            CALL :fn_AppendVariable NSDKLIBPATH \lib\win8\um\x86
          )
        )

        REM
        REM NOTE: Unless prevented from doing so, invoke NMAKE with the MSVC
        REM       makefile to clean any stale build output from previous
        REM       iterations of this loop and/or previous runs of this batch
        REM       file, etc.

#!/usr/bin/tclsh
#
# This script is used to generate a VSIX (Visual Studio Extension) file for
# SQLite usable by Visual Studio.

























































































proc fail { {error ""} {usage false} } {
  if {[string length $error] > 0} then {
    puts stdout $error
    if {!$usage} then {exit 1}
  }

  puts stdout "usage:\
[file tail [info nameofexecutable]]\
[file tail [info script]] <binaryDirectory> \[sourceDirectory\]"


  exit 1
}
 
proc getEnvironmentVariable { name } {
  #
  # NOTE: Returns the value of the specified environment variable or an empty
................................................................................
  close $file_id
  return ""
}
 
proc substFile { fileName } {
  #
  # NOTE: Performs all Tcl command, variable, and backslash substitutions in
  #       the specified file and then re-writes the contents of that same file
  #       with the substituted data.
  #
  return [writeFile $fileName [uplevel 1 [list subst [readFile $fileName]]]]
}
 
proc replaceBuildAndPlatform { fileName buildName platformName } {
  #
  # NOTE: Returns the specified file name containing the platform name instead
  #       of platform placeholder tokens.
  #
  return [string map [list <build> $buildName <platform> $platformName] \
      $fileName]
}
 



set script [file normalize [info script]]

if {[string length $script] == 0} then {
  fail "script file currently being evaluated is unknown" true
}

set path [file dirname $script]
................................................................................

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Process and verify all the command line arguments.
#
set argc [llength $argv]
if {$argc != 1 && $argc != 2} then {fail}

set binaryDirectory [lindex $argv 0]

if {[string length $binaryDirectory] == 0} then {
  fail "invalid binary directory"
}

if {![file exists $binaryDirectory] || \
    ![file isdirectory $binaryDirectory]} then {
  fail "binary directory does not exist"
}

if {$argc == 2} then {
  set sourceDirectory [lindex $argv 1]
} else {
  #
  # NOTE: Assume that the source directory is the parent directory of the one
  #       that contains this script file.
  #
  set sourceDirectory [file dirname $path]
................................................................................
  fail "invalid source directory"
}

if {![file exists $sourceDirectory] || \
    ![file isdirectory $sourceDirectory]} then {
  fail "source directory does not exist"
}










































###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Evaluate the user-specific customizations file, if it exists.
#
set userFile [file join $path [appendArgs \
................................................................................

if {![file exists $templateFile] || \
    ![file isfile $templateFile]} then {
  fail [appendArgs "template file \"" $templateFile "\" does not exist"]
}

set currentDirectory [pwd]
set outputFile [file join $currentDirectory sqlite-output.vsix]


if {[file exists $outputFile]} then {
  fail [appendArgs "output file \"" $outputFile "\" already exists"]
}

###############################################################################

................................................................................
  fail [appendArgs "cannot locate SQLITE_VERSION value in \"" \
      [file join $sourceDirectory sqlite3.h] \"]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup the master file list data, including the necessary flags.


#

























if {![info exists fileNames(source)]} then {
  set fileNames(source) [list "" "" "" \

      [file join $sourceDirectory sqlite3.h] \
      [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.lib] \
      [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.dll]]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(source) \
        [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.pdb]
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(destination)]} then {
  set fileNames(destination) [list \
      [file join $stagingDirectory extension.vsixmanifest] \
      [file join $stagingDirectory SDKManifest.xml] \
      [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> \
          SQLite.WinRT.props] \
      [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> sqlite3.h] \
      [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> sqlite3.lib] \
      [file join $stagingDirectory Redist <build> <platform> sqlite3.dll]]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(destination) \
        [file join $stagingDirectory Redist <build> <platform> sqlite3.pdb]
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(buildNeutral)]} then {
  set fileNames(buildNeutral) [list 1 1 1 1 0 0]


  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(buildNeutral) 0
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(platformNeutral)]} then {
  set fileNames(platformNeutral) [list 1 1 1 1 0 0]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(platformNeutral) 0

  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(subst)]} then {
  set fileNames(subst) [list 1 1 1 0 0 0]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(subst) 0
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(noDebug)]} then {
  set fileNames(noDebug) [list 0 0 0 0 0 0]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(noDebug) 0
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(noRetail)]} then {
  set fileNames(noRetail) [list 0 0 0 0 0 0]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(noRetail) 1
  }
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup the list of builds supported by this script.

#
if {![info exists buildNames]} then {
  set buildNames [list Debug Retail]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup the list of platforms supported by this script.


#
if {![info exists platformNames]} then {
  set platformNames [list x86 x64 ARM]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Make sure the staging directory exists, creating it if necessary.
#
file mkdir $stagingDirectory

#
# NOTE: Build the Tcl command used to extract the template package to the
#       staging directory.
#
set extractCommand [list exec -- $unzip $templateFile -d $stagingDirectory]

#
# NOTE: Extract the template package to the staging directory.
#
eval $extractCommand

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Process each file in the master file list.  There are actually seven
#       parallel lists that contain the source file names, the destination file
#       names, the build-neutral flags, the platform-neutral flags, the
#       use-subst flags, the no-debug flags, and the no-retail flags.  If the
#       platform-neutral flag is non-zero, the file is not platform-specific.
#       If the build-neutral flag is non-zero, the file is not build-specific.
#       If the use-subst flag is non-zero, the file is considered to be a text
#       file that may contain Tcl variable and/or command replacements, to be


#       dynamically replaced during processing.  If the no-debug flag is


#       non-zero, the file will be skipped when processing for the debug build.
#       If the no-retail flag is non-zero, the file will be skipped when

#       processing for the retail build.  If the source file name is an empty
#       string, then the destination file name will be assumed to already exist
#       in the staging directory and will not be copied; however, dynamic
#       replacements may still be performed on the destination file prior to
#       the package being re-zipped.


#
foreach sourceFileName      $fileNames(source) \
        destinationFileName $fileNames(destination) \
        buildNeutral        $fileNames(buildNeutral) \
        platformNeutral     $fileNames(platformNeutral) \
        useSubst            $fileNames(subst) \
        noDebug             $fileNames(noDebug) \
        noRetail            $fileNames(noRetail) {









  #
  # NOTE: If the current file is build-neutral, then only one build will
  #       be processed for it, namely "CommonConfiguration"; otherwise, each
  #       supported build will be processed for it individually.
  #
  foreach buildName \
      [expr {$buildNeutral ? [list CommonConfiguration] : $buildNames}] {
    #
    # NOTE: Should the current file be skipped for this build?
    #
    if {[info exists no${buildName}] && [set no${buildName}]} then {
      continue
    }

    #
    # NOTE: If the current file is platform-neutral, then only one platform
    #       will be processed for it, namely "neutral"; otherwise, each
    #       supported platform will be processed for it individually.
    #
    foreach platformName \
        [expr {$platformNeutral ? [list neutral] : $platformNames}] {
      #
      # NOTE: Use the actual platform name in the destination file name.
      #
      set newDestinationFileName [replaceBuildAndPlatform \
          $destinationFileName $buildName $platformName]

      #
      # NOTE: Does the source file need to be copied to the destination file?
      #
      if {[string length $sourceFileName] > 0} then {
        #
        # NOTE: First, make sure the destination directory exists.
        #
        file mkdir [file dirname $newDestinationFileName]

        #
        # NOTE: Then, copy the source file to the destination file verbatim.
        #
        file copy [replaceBuildAndPlatform $sourceFileName $buildName \


            $platformName] $newDestinationFileName








      }

      #
      # NOTE: Does the destination file contain dynamic replacements that must
      #       be processed now?
      #
      if {$useSubst} then {
................................................................................
# NOTE: Change the current directory to the staging directory so that the
#       external archive building tool can pickup the necessary files using
#       relative paths.
#
cd $stagingDirectory

#
# NOTE: Build the Tcl command used to archive the final package in the
#       output directory.
#
set archiveCommand [list exec -- $zip -r $outputFile *]

#
# NOTE: Build the final package archive in the output directory.
#
eval $archiveCommand

#
# NOTE: Change back to the previously saved current directory.
#
cd $currentDirectory

#!/usr/bin/tclsh
#
# This script is used to generate a VSIX (Visual Studio Extension) file for
# SQLite usable by Visual Studio.
#
# PREREQUISITES
#
# 1. Tcl 8.4 and later are supported, earlier versions have not been tested.
#
# 2. The "sqlite3.h" file is assumed to exist in the parent directory of the
#    directory containing this script.  The [optional] second command line
#    argument to this script may be used to specify an alternate location.
#    This script also assumes that the "sqlite3.h" file corresponds with the
#    version of the binaries to be packaged.  This assumption is not verified
#    by this script.
#
# 3. The temporary directory specified in the TEMP or TMP environment variables
#    must refer to an existing directory writable by the current user.
#
# 4. The "zip" and "unzip" command line tools must be located either in a
#    directory contained in the PATH environment variable or specified as the
#    exact file names to execute in the "ZipTool" and "UnZipTool" environment
#    variables, respectively.
#
# 5. The template VSIX file (which is basically a zip file) must be located in
#    a "win" directory inside the directory containing this script.  It should
#    not contain any executable binaries.  It should only contain dynamic
#    textual content files to be processed using [subst] and/or static content
#    files to be copied verbatim.
#
# 6. The executable and other compiled binary files to be packaged into the
#    final VSIX file (e.g. DLLs, LIBs, and PDBs) must be located in a single
#    directory tree.  The top-level directory of the tree must be specified as
#    the first command line argument to this script.  The second level
#    sub-directory names must match those of the build configuration (e.g.
#    "Debug" or "Retail").  The third level sub-directory names must match
#    those of the platform (e.g. "x86", "x64", and "ARM").  For example, the
#    binary files to be packaged would need to be organized as follows when
#    packaging the "Debug" and "Retail" build configurations for the "x86" and
#    "x64" platforms (in this example, "C:\temp" is the top-level directory as
#    specified in the first command line argument):
#
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x86\sqlite3.lib
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x86\sqlite3.dll
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x86\sqlite3.pdb
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x64\sqlite3.lib
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x64\sqlite3.dll
#                         C:\Temp\Debug\x64\sqlite3.pdb
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x86\sqlite3.lib
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x86\sqlite3.dll
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x86\sqlite3.pdb
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x64\sqlite3.lib
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x64\sqlite3.dll
#                         C:\Temp\Retail\x64\sqlite3.pdb
#
#    The above directory tree organization is performed automatically if the
#    "tool\build-all-msvc.bat" batch script is used to build the binary files
#    to be packaged.
#
# USAGE
#
# The first argument to this script is required and must be the name of the
# top-level directory containing the directories and files organized into a
# tree as described in item 6 of the PREREQUISITES section, above.  The second
# argument is optional and if present must contain the name of the directory
# containing the root of the source tree for SQLite.  The third argument is
# optional and if present must contain the flavor the VSIX package to build.
# Currently, the only supported package flavors are "WinRT" and "WP80".  The
# fourth argument is optional and if present must be a string containing a list
# of platforms to include in the VSIX package.  The format of the platform list
# string is "platform1,platform2,platform3".  Typically, when on Windows, this
# script is executed using commands similar to the following from a normal
# Windows command prompt:
#
#                         CD /D C:\dev\sqlite\core
#                         tclsh85 tool\mkvsix.tcl C:\Temp
#
# In the example above, "C:\dev\sqlite\core" represents the root of the source
# tree for SQLite and "C:\Temp" represents the top-level directory containing
# the executable and other compiled binary files, organized into a directory
# tree as described in item 6 of the PREREQUISITES section, above.
#
# This script should work on non-Windows platforms as well, provided that all
# the requirements listed in the PREREQUISITES section are met.
#
# NOTES
#
# The temporary directory is used as a staging area for the final VSIX file.
# The template VSIX file is extracted, its contents processed, and then the
# resulting files are packaged into the final VSIX file.
#
package require Tcl 8.4
 
proc fail { {error ""} {usage false} } {
  if {[string length $error] > 0} then {
    puts stdout $error
    if {!$usage} then {exit 1}
  }

  puts stdout "usage:\
[file tail [info nameofexecutable]]\
[file tail [info script]] <binaryDirectory> \[sourceDirectory\]\
\[packageFlavor\] \[platformNames\]"

  exit 1
}
 
proc getEnvironmentVariable { name } {
  #
  # NOTE: Returns the value of the specified environment variable or an empty
................................................................................
  close $file_id
  return ""
}
 
proc substFile { fileName } {
  #
  # NOTE: Performs all Tcl command, variable, and backslash substitutions in
  #       the specified file and then rewrites the contents of that same file
  #       with the substituted data.
  #
  return [writeFile $fileName [uplevel 1 [list subst [readFile $fileName]]]]
}
 
proc replaceFileNameTokens { fileName name buildName platformName } {
  #
  # NOTE: Returns the specified file name containing the platform name instead
  #       of platform placeholder tokens.
  #
  return [string map [list <build> $buildName <platform> $platformName \
      <name> $name] $fileName]
}
 
#
# NOTE: This is the entry point for this script.
#
set script [file normalize [info script]]

if {[string length $script] == 0} then {
  fail "script file currently being evaluated is unknown" true
}

set path [file dirname $script]
................................................................................

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Process and verify all the command line arguments.
#
set argc [llength $argv]
if {$argc < 1 || $argc > 4} then {fail}

set binaryDirectory [lindex $argv 0]

if {[string length $binaryDirectory] == 0} then {
  fail "invalid binary directory"
}

if {![file exists $binaryDirectory] || \
    ![file isdirectory $binaryDirectory]} then {
  fail "binary directory does not exist"
}

if {$argc >= 2} then {
  set sourceDirectory [lindex $argv 1]
} else {
  #
  # NOTE: Assume that the source directory is the parent directory of the one
  #       that contains this script file.
  #
  set sourceDirectory [file dirname $path]
................................................................................
  fail "invalid source directory"
}

if {![file exists $sourceDirectory] || \
    ![file isdirectory $sourceDirectory]} then {
  fail "source directory does not exist"
}

if {$argc >= 3} then {
  set packageFlavor [lindex $argv 2]
} else {
  #
  # NOTE: Assume the package flavor is WinRT.
  #
  set packageFlavor WinRT
}

if {[string length $packageFlavor] == 0} then {
  fail "invalid package flavor"
}

if {[string equal -nocase $packageFlavor WinRT]} then {
  set shortName SQLite.WinRT
  set displayName "SQLite for Windows Runtime"
  set targetPlatformIdentifier Windows
  set extraSdkPath ""
  set extraFileListAttributes [appendArgs \
      "\r\n    " {AppliesTo="WindowsAppContainer"} \
      "\r\n    " {DependsOn="Microsoft.VCLibs, version=11.0"}]
} elseif {[string equal -nocase $packageFlavor WP80]} then {
  set shortName SQLite.WP80
  set displayName "SQLite for Windows Phone"
  set targetPlatformIdentifier "Windows Phone"
  set extraSdkPath "\\..\\$targetPlatformIdentifier"
  set extraFileListAttributes ""
} else {
  fail "unsupported package flavor, must be \"WinRT\" or \"WP80\""
}

if {$argc >= 4} then {
  set platformNames [list]

  foreach platformName [split [lindex $argv 3] ", "] {
    if {[string length $platformName] > 0} then {
      lappend platformNames $platformName
    }
  }
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Evaluate the user-specific customizations file, if it exists.
#
set userFile [file join $path [appendArgs \
................................................................................

if {![file exists $templateFile] || \
    ![file isfile $templateFile]} then {
  fail [appendArgs "template file \"" $templateFile "\" does not exist"]
}

set currentDirectory [pwd]
set outputFile [file join $currentDirectory [appendArgs sqlite- \
    $packageFlavor -output.vsix]]

if {[file exists $outputFile]} then {
  fail [appendArgs "output file \"" $outputFile "\" already exists"]
}

###############################################################################

................................................................................
  fail [appendArgs "cannot locate SQLITE_VERSION value in \"" \
      [file join $sourceDirectory sqlite3.h] \"]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup all the master file list data.  This includes the source file
#       names, the destination file names, and the file processing flags.  The
#       possible file processing flags are:
#
#       "buildNeutral" -- This flag indicates the file location and content do
#                         not depend on the build configuration.
#
#       "platformNeutral" -- This flag indicates the file location and content
#                            do not depend on the build platform.
#
#       "subst" -- This flag indicates that the file contains dynamic textual
#                  content that needs to be processed using [subst] prior to
#                  packaging the file into the final VSIX package.  The primary
#                  use of this flag is to insert the name of the VSIX package,
#                  some package flavor-specific value, or the SQLite version
#                  into a file.
#
#       "noDebug" -- This flag indicates that the file should be skipped when
#                    processing the debug build.
#
#       "noRetail" -- This flag indicates that the file should be skipped when
#                     processing the retail build.
#
#       "move" -- This flag indicates that the file should be moved from the
#                 source to the destination instead of being copied.
#
#       This file metadata may be overridden, either in whole or in part, via
#       the user-specific customizations file.
#
if {![info exists fileNames(source)]} then {
  set fileNames(source) [list "" "" \
    [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> sqlite3.props] \
    [file join $sourceDirectory sqlite3.h] \
    [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.lib] \
    [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.dll]]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(source) \
        [file join $binaryDirectory <build> <platform> sqlite3.pdb]
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(destination)]} then {
  set fileNames(destination) [list \
    [file join $stagingDirectory extension.vsixmanifest] \
    [file join $stagingDirectory SDKManifest.xml] \
    [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> <name>.props] \

    [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> sqlite3.h] \
    [file join $stagingDirectory DesignTime <build> <platform> sqlite3.lib] \
    [file join $stagingDirectory Redist <build> <platform> sqlite3.dll]]

  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(destination) \
        [file join $stagingDirectory Redist <build> <platform> sqlite3.pdb]
  }
}

if {![info exists fileNames(flags)]} then {
  set fileNames(flags) [list \

      [list buildNeutral platformNeutral subst] \
      [list buildNeutral platformNeutral subst] \
      [list buildNeutral platformNeutral subst move] \







      [list buildNeutral platformNeutral] \
      [list] [list] [list noRetail]]






  if {![info exists no(symbols)]} then {
    lappend fileNames(flags) [list noRetail]
















  }
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup the list of builds supported by this script.  These may be
#       overridden via the user-specific customizations file.
#
if {![info exists buildNames]} then {
  set buildNames [list Debug Retail]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Setup the list of platforms supported by this script.  These may be
#       overridden via the command line or the user-specific customizations
#       file.
#
if {![info exists platformNames]} then {
  set platformNames [list x86 x64 ARM]
}

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Make sure the staging directory exists, creating it if necessary.
#
file mkdir $stagingDirectory

#
# NOTE: Build the Tcl command used to extract the template VSIX package to
#       the staging directory.
#
set extractCommand [list exec -- $unzip $templateFile -d $stagingDirectory]

#
# NOTE: Extract the template VSIX package to the staging directory.
#
eval $extractCommand

###############################################################################

#
# NOTE: Process each file in the master file list.  There are actually three
#       parallel lists that contain the source file names, the destination file
#       names, and the file processing flags. If the "buildNeutral" flag is
#       present, the file location and content do not depend on the build
#       configuration and "CommonConfiguration" will be used in place of the
#       build configuration name.  If the "platformNeutral" flag is present,
#       the file location and content do not depend on the build platform and
#       "neutral" will be used in place of the build platform name.  If the
#       "subst" flag is present, the file is assumed to be a text file that may
#       contain Tcl variable, command, and backslash replacements, to be
#       dynamically replaced during processing using the Tcl [subst] command.
#       If the "noDebug" flag is present, the file will be skipped when
#       processing for the debug build.  If the "noRetail" flag is present, the
#       file will be skipped when processing for the retail build.  If the

#       "move" flag is present, the source file will be deleted after it is
#       copied to the destination file.  If the source file name is an empty
#       string, the destination file name will be assumed to already exist in
#       the staging directory and will not be copied; however, Tcl variable,
#       command, and backslash replacements may still be performed on the

#       destination file prior to the final VSIX package being built if the
#       "subst" flag is present.
#
foreach sourceFileName      $fileNames(source) \
        destinationFileName $fileNames(destination) \


        fileFlags           $fileNames(flags) {


  #
  # NOTE: Process the file flags into separate boolean variables that may be
  #       used within the loop.
  #
  set isBuildNeutral [expr {[lsearch $fileFlags buildNeutral] != -1}]
  set isPlatformNeutral [expr {[lsearch $fileFlags platformNeutral] != -1}]
  set isMove [expr {[lsearch $fileFlags move] != -1}]
  set useSubst [expr {[lsearch $fileFlags subst] != -1}]

  #
  # NOTE: If the current file is build-neutral, then only one build will
  #       be processed for it, namely "CommonConfiguration"; otherwise, each
  #       supported build will be processed for it individually.
  #
  foreach buildName \
      [expr {$isBuildNeutral ? [list CommonConfiguration] : $buildNames}] {
    #
    # NOTE: Should the current file be skipped for this build?
    #
    if {[lsearch $fileFlags no${buildName}] != -1} then {
      continue
    }

    #
    # NOTE: If the current file is platform-neutral, then only one platform
    #       will be processed for it, namely "neutral"; otherwise, each
    #       supported platform will be processed for it individually.
    #
    foreach platformName \
        [expr {$isPlatformNeutral ? [list neutral] : $platformNames}] {
      #
      # NOTE: Use the actual platform name in the destination file name.
      #
      set newDestinationFileName [replaceFileNameTokens $destinationFileName \
          $shortName $buildName $platformName]

      #
      # NOTE: Does the source file need to be copied to the destination file?
      #
      if {[string length $sourceFileName] > 0} then {
        #
        # NOTE: First, make sure the destination directory exists.
        #
        file mkdir [file dirname $newDestinationFileName]

        #
        # NOTE: Then, copy the source file to the destination file verbatim.
        #
        set newSourceFileName [replaceFileNameTokens $sourceFileName \
            $shortName $buildName $platformName]

        file copy $newSourceFileName $newDestinationFileName

        #
        # NOTE: If this is a move instead of a copy, delete the source file
        #       now.
        #
        if {$isMove} then {
          file delete $newSourceFileName
        }
      }

      #
      # NOTE: Does the destination file contain dynamic replacements that must
      #       be processed now?
      #
      if {$useSubst} then {
................................................................................
# NOTE: Change the current directory to the staging directory so that the
#       external archive building tool can pickup the necessary files using
#       relative paths.
#
cd $stagingDirectory

#
# NOTE: Build the Tcl command used to archive the final VSIX package in the
#       output directory.
#
set archiveCommand [list exec -- $zip -r $outputFile *]

#
# NOTE: Build the final VSIX package archive in the output directory.
#
eval $archiveCommand

#
# NOTE: Change back to the previously saved current directory.
#
cd $currentDirectory